IPS-C-IN-190(1)

IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬ FOREWORD The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and are intended for use in the oil and gas production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing installations and other such facilities. IPS is based on internationally acceptable standards and includes selections from the items stipulated in the referenced standards. They are also supplemented by additional requirements and/or modifications based on the experience acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and the local market availability. The options which are not specified in the text of the standards are itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can select his appropriate preferences therein. The IPS standards are therefore expected to be sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt these standards to their requirements. However, they may not cover every requirement of each project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS Standard shall be prepared by the user which elaborates the particular requirements of the user. This addendum together with the relevant IPS shall form the job specification for the specific project or work. The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately every five years. Each standards are subject to amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the latest edition of IPS shall be applicable The users of IPS are therefore requested to send their views and comments, including any addendum prepared for particular cases to the following address. These comments and recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant technical committee and in case of approval will be incorporated in the next revision of the standard. Standards and Research department No.19, Street14, North kheradmand Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran . Postal Code- 1585886851 Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055 Fax: 88810462 Email: Standards@nioc.org ‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬ .‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬ ‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬ .‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬ .‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬ .‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬ ‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬ ‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬ .‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬ 19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬ ‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬ 1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬ 66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬ 88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬ Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ :‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ GENERAL DEFINITIONS: Throughout this Standard definitions shall apply. the following COMPANY: Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum such as National Iranian Oil Company, National Iranian Gas Company, National Petrochemical Company and National Iranian Oil Refinery And Distribution Company. PURCHASER: Means the "Company" where this standard is a part of direct purchaser order by the "Company", and the "Contractor" where this Standard is a part of contract document. VENDOR AND SUPPLIER: Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or fabricate the equipment or material. CONTRACTOR: Refers to the persons, firm or company whose tender has been accepted by the company. EXECUTOR: Executor is the party which carries out all or part of construction and/or commissioning for the project. INSPECTOR: The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a person/persons or a body appointed in writing by the company for the inspection of fabrication and installation work SHALL: Is used where a provision is mandatory. SHOULD: Is used where a provision is advisory only. WILL: Is normally used in connection with the action by the “Company” rather than by a contractor, supplier or vendor. May: Is used where a provision is completely discretionary. .‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬ :‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ‬ ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮآوردهﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ :‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ :‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬ ‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬ .‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬ :‫ﺑﺎزرس‬ ‫ﮔﺮوه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪاي اﺗﻼق‬/‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬ .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬ .‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬ .‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ : ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ . ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARD FOR TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FIRST REVISION MARCH 2010 ‫اﺳﺘـﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑـﺮاي‬ ‫روشﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘـﺎل‬ ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘـﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠـﻖ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬ ،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ CONTENTS: Page No. IPS-C-IN-190(1) :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬ 1. SCOPE ..........................................................................3 3 ................................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1 2. REFERENCES ..........................................................3 3 ............................................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2 3. UNITS ...........................................................................5 5 ........................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3 4. GENERAL...................................................................5 5 ........................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4 5. INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL TUBING ............................................... 6 6 ....................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي )ﻧﺎﻳﻪ( اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-5 6. ELECTRIC AND OPTICAL CABLES ............. 8 8 ............................................. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻧﻮري‬-6 6.1 General ...................................................................8 8 ..................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6 6.2 Cable Specifications ........................................... 10 10 .............................................. ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-6 6.3 Optical Fiber Cables .......................................... 12 12 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻧﻮري‬3-6 6.4 Fields Bus ..............................................................15 15 .................................................................. ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-6 6.5 Sharing of Multicore Cables ........................... 15 15 .......... ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري در ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪرﺷﺘﻪ اي‬5-6 6.6 Segregation in Trenches ................................... 18 18 ......................................... ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬6-6 6.7 Segregation in Trunks or Cable Trays ........ 18 18 ............ ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬7-6 6.8 Segregation in Terminal Boxes....................... 18 18 .........................‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬8-6 6.9 Construction of Terminal Boxes .................... 19 19 .................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬9-6 6.10 Accommodation of Individual Signal Lines..........................................................21 21 .........................‫ ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬10-6 6.11 Screening of Signal Cables ............................ 22 22 ................. ‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬11-6 6.12 Use of Quad Cables .......................................... 23 23 ....................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬12-6 6.13 Numbering and Identification ...................... 24 24 ................................... ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬13-6 6.14 Pulling Through Conduits ............................. 25 25 ....................... ‫ ﻗﺮار دادن )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬14-6 1 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 6.15 Installation of Insulated Wires and Cables ............................................................26 26 .................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬15-6 6.16 Separation of Cables ........................................ 26 26 ................................................. ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬16-6 6.17 Installation of Junction Boxes ...................... 26 26 ......................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬17-6 6.18 Terminations ...................................................... 27 27 ............................................................... ‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬18 -6 6.19 Installing Cable Trays..................................... 31 31 .........................................‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬19 -6 6.20 Wire Testing ....................................................... 34 34 ................................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬20-6 7. TRENCHES, TRUNKS AND CONDUITS ...... 34 34 ........... ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬-7 7.1 Routing ...................................................................34 34 ........................................................................‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬1-7 7.2 Trenches .................................................................34 34 ................................................................ ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-7 7.3 Trunking and Conduits .................................... 35 35 ............................... ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-7 7.4 Construction Details .......................................... 37 37 ....................................................... ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬4-7 8. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS ................... 38 38 ..........................................‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬-8 2 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1 1. SCOPE ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎوي ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬،‫اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎدي‬ ‫ ﮔﺎز و‬،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اﺳﺖ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬ .‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ This Standard explains the general rules and basic instructions for the installation of pneumatic lines, electrical signal wires and cables. It is intended to be used in oil, gas and petrochemical industries. :1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 1: ‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﻔﻨﺪ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬ ‫ از‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬ .‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬ This bilingual standard is a revised version of the standard specification by the relevant technical committee on March 2010, which is issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard specification is withdrawn. :2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note 2: ‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬ .‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ In case of conflict between Farsi and English languages, English language shall govern. ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2 2. REFERENCES Throughout this Standard the following dated and undated standards/codes are referred to. These referenced documents shall, to the extent specified herein, form a part of this standard. For dated references, the edition cited applies. The applicability of changes in dated references that occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Vendor. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced documents (including any supplements and amendments) applies. ‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬ ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫و ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬ ،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬ ‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و‬ .‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ API(AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE) (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API RP 552 (1994) "Transmission System" "‫ "ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬RP 552(1994) RP 554 (1995) "Process Instrumentation and Control" "‫ "ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬RP 554(1995) ANSI/NFPA (AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE/NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION) 70 (1996) "National Electrical (NEC), Article 500 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ ‫)ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ‬ ANSI/NFPA (‫ اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬/‫آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ Code" ‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ‬،(NEC) ‫"ﻛﺪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق‬ "500 BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTE) BS 50178 ‫ﻣﻠﻲ‬ 70 (1996) (‫ ) ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI "Electronic Equipment for use in Power Installation" ‫"ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ "‫در ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺑﺮق‬ 3 BS 50178 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IEC(INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION) IEC 61158-2 (‫ )ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﺗﻜﻨﻴﻚ‬IEC "Digital Data Communication ‫"ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت داده دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي‬ " ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬ for Measurement and Control Fieldbus for use in Industrial Control Systems " Part 2- "Physical Layer Specification and Service Definition" IEC 60793 "Optical Fiber" Measurement Methods Procedures" and "Optical Fibercables Part 1-2: "Generic Specification-Basic Cable Test IEC 69794-2 "Optical Fiber Cables". Part 2- "Indoor Cable Specification" "‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬IEC 60794-2 ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ داﺧﻞ‬ -2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ "‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ Sectional (‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﺑﺮق و اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬IEEE IEEE (INSTITUTION of ELECTRICAL and ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS) IEEE 1242 ‫ "راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬IEEE 1242 ،‫ و ﻫﺪف ﺧﺎص‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺪرت‬ "‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬ "Guide for Specifying and Selecting Power, Control, and Special- Purpose Cable for Petroleum and Chemical Plants" ( ‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬TIA TIA (TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION) (‫ ) اﺗﺤﺎدﻳﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬ITU ITU(INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION) EIA (ELECTRONIC ALLIANCE) TIA-5150000 TIA-515B000 (‫ ) اﺗﺤﺎدﻳﻪ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ‬EIA INDUSTRIES ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬TIA-5150000 "‫ﻧﻮري و ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ " Generic Specification for Optical Fiber Splices" and IEC 61158-2 ‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬ -2 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ "‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬ ‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري" روش ﻫﺎي‬IEC 60793 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي‬ "‫آزﻣﻮن‬ "‫ "ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬IEC 60794-1-2 -(‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ‬2-1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬ "‫اﺻﻠﻲ‬ Test IEC 60794-1-2 Optical Procedure" IPS-C-IN-190(1) Cable ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ )ژﻧﺮﻳﻚ( ﺑﺮاي‬TA-515B000 ، ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎ‬ ‫دﻓﻦ ﺷﺪه و زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬ " ‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬ "Sectional Specification for Splice Closures for Pressurized Arial, Buried and Underground Fiber Optic Cables" 4 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) EIA/TIA-609 "Sectional ‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺮاي‬EIA/TIA-609 ‫ ﻣﺘﻌﺎرف و‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬ "‫داﺋﻤﻲ‬ ITU-T L.35 "Installation of Optical ‫ " ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري در ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬ITU-T-L.35 "‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬ Specification for Conventional, Permanent, Optical Fiber Splices" Fiber Cables in Access Network" ITU-T L.56 the ‫ " ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬ITU-T-L.56 "‫ﺧﻄﻮط آﻫﻦ‬ "Installation of Optical Fiber Cables Railways" along (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) IPS-E-GN-100(0) "Engineering Standard for Units" ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ "‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬ IPS-E-GN-100(0) IPS-E-IN-190(2) "Engineering Standard for Transmission Systems" ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ "‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬ IPS-E-IN-190(2) IPS-M-IN-190(2) "Material and Equipment Standard for Transmission Systems" ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬ "‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬ IPS-M-IN-190(2) IPS-I-IN-100(1) "Inspection Standard for General Instrument System" ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑـــﺮاي‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬ "‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬ IPS-I-IN-100(1) ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3 3. UNITS ،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ This Standard is based on International System of Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except where otherwise is specified. ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4 4. GENERAL 4.1 This Standard covers the requirements for signal lines of process instrumentation. ‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬1-4 4.2 In the context of this standard, signal lines convey: ‫ در ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﺧﻄﻮط‬2-4 .‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬ 1) Pneumatic signals from pneumatic transmitters to their receiving instruments and from pneumatic controllers to the relevant final control element; ‫( ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎدي از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎدي ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار‬1 2) Electric signals, analogue or digital (including RTDs and e.m.f.s from thermocouples) from transmitters to their receiving instruments and from controllers, safeguarding systems etc. to solenoid valves, motor starters and other final control elements. ‫( ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬2 ‫ و از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎدي ﺑﻪ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬ .‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ( از ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬e.m.f. ‫ﻫﺎ و‬RTD ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ و‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه و از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬ ‫ راه اﻧﺪاز ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬ .‫ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬ 5 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 4.3 As detailed further in the following paragraphs, most of the signal lines may be laid together in common trenches or trunking for instrument signal lines, with a general exception for cables carrying signals which could cause interference on other signal lines. ‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﺼﻼً در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺷﺮح داده‬3-4 4.4 Each plant-mounted instrument shall have individual signal lines, which shall be connected to a multicore cable as seen feasible. All multicore cables shall be installed in uninterrupted lengths unless the distance to be covered is more than the length on one reel. Terminal boxes for connecting individual signal lines to multicore cables shall be easily accessible. ،‫ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬4-4 ‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺧﺘﻼل‬ .‫روي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي وﺻﻞ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎي ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ﺗﻜﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫ﻃﻮل ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬ .‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 4.5 At the time of plant commissioning, approximately 20% of the signal lines in the installed multicore cables shall still be available as spares for modifications, unless otherwise specified. ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺧﻄﻮط‬20 ‫ ﺣﺪود‬،‫ در زﻣﺎن راه اﻧﺪازي واﺣﺪ‬5-4 4.6 Above ground, multicore cables and most of the individual lines shall be laid on trays or in trunking. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و اﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻄﻮط‬6-4 4.7 To reduce risks of damage to the signal lines, they shall be laid in underground trenches wherever possible, and penetrating into the process units as far as possible. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮات ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﺎ‬7-4 ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ذﺧﻴﺮه‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار‬ .‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻗﺮار داد‬ .‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬ 5. INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONTROL TUBING ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي )ﻧﺎﻳﻪ( اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-5 5.1 The installation drawings will indicate the extent and arrangement of the major transmission and control tubing runs between the control panels and the field junction points. ‫ ﻧﻈﻢ و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ و اﻧﺪازه و ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬1-5 ‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل‬ .‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬ 5.2 Transmission and control tubing between the control panels and field junction points will generally be of the "bundled" type, run in trenches or trays (trenches are preferable). ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬2-5 5.3 Tubing in the tray shall be arranged in an orderly manner and firmly secured to the tray by means of commercially available clips or field fabricated clamps. ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭼﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬3-5 ‫ﻧﻘﺎط اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ .(‫)ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ارﺟﺤﻴﺖ دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺑﺎزار ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) Care shall be taken, when clamping in place, that tightening of the clamp does not result in damage to the tubing. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺬارده ﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‬ 5.4 Where tubing requires bending, care shall be taken to assure that a reasonable bending radius is maintained and tubing is not flattened nor pinched. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن دارد‬4-5 5.5 Cutting of tubes shall be done with a suitable tube cutter. Ends shall be cut 90° to the wall of the tubes and shall be reamed to the original inside diameter of the tube. All "chips" or shavings shall be removed. ‫ ﺑﺮش ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮش دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻧﺠﺎم‬5-5 ‫دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ و ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه‬ .‫اﺳﺖ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﭘﻬﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮو رﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ درﺟﻪ‬90 ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زاوﻳﻪ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮاره ﺗﻴﻮب داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬ ‫ »ﺑﺮاده« ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 5.6 Where bundled tubing is terminated at control panels or field junction points, the bundle end shall be securely clamped to existing members such that no strain is imposed on the tubing fittings. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي‬6-5 ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺴﺖ زده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬ .‫ﻓﺸﺎري ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻴﻮب وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬ 5.7 Tubing fittings for transmission and control tubing shall be as specified on the contract documents. Where required, Teflon tapes shall be used for sealing. ‫ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮب اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬7-5 5.8 Prior to tightening the tubing collar to the fitting, care shall be taken to assure that the tubing end is square, inserted fully through the ferrule into the tube fitting and is properly aligned with the fitting. Tightening of the collar shall be done with the proper sized wrench. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬8-5 5.9 Tubing continuations from the field junction points to the field instrument will usually be single tube type. Interconnection with bundled tubing shall be through tubing bulkhead or junction box. ‫ اداﻣﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب از ﻧﻘﺎط اﺗﺼﺎل در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬9-5 5.10 Where possible single tubes shall be grouped and run together in small carrier channels. Coiled tubing shall be fully straightened before installation. ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬10-5 ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺮارداد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﻧﻮار ﺗﻔﻠﻮن ﺑﺮاي آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ً ‫ ﻛﺎﻣ‬،‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮش اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺻﺎف اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ً‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رﻓﺘﻪ و دﻗﻴﻘﺎ‬ ‫ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﮔﻠﻮﺋﻲ‬.‫در ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﭼﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻚ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻗﺒﻞ‬.‫در ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ .‫از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ درآﻳﻨﺪ‬ 5.11 Routing of single tubes or groups of single tubes shall be determined in the field. Care shall be taken in planning the installation that tubes are grouped in an orderly manner and their carrier channels are routed to the instruments as directly as possible. 5.12 Tubing bends shall be made with an approved tubing bender and terminations shall be ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوه ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬11-5 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن‬.‫در در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫دﻫﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬ .‫و ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻢﻛﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬12-5 ‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد و ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺤﺚ ﻓﻮق‬ 7 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) tubing ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫درﺑﺎره ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوهﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ 5.13 Carrier channels shall be rigidly mounted to permanent structural members and shall not be bracketed to equipment which may be removed for maintenance purposes. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ‬13-5 ‫ﺳﺎزه ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 5.14 Tubing shall be securely clamped to the carrier assuring that the tube is not pinched or damaged when clamped in place. ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺷﺪه و‬14-5 ‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻴﻮب ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ اي‬ .‫در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬ 5.15 Where cutting of the carrier channel is required, raw edges shall be painted or coated with a material equal to the original finish. ‫ ﻟﺒﻪ‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮش ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺣﺎﻣﻞ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-5 ‫ﻫﺎي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻧﮓ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ اي از ﻣﺎده ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺎده اﺻﻠﻲ آن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 5.16 The service of the tubes shall be so arranged, that in the process area, the length of individual tubing is as short as possible. ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﻮد‬16-5 ‫ ﻃﻮل ﺗﻴﻮب ﺗﻜﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬،‫ﻛﻪ در واﺣﺪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 5.17 In the trunking, when it is desired to be used instead of trays, the individual tubes shall be connected to the bundled tubes by means of straight couplings. These individual tubes shall continue in the trunking as far as possible, pass through trunk wall, and reach the instrument by being clamped to the instrument air supply piping, (refer Figs. 2, 3 & 4). For this purpose, the instrument air supply piping system shall be installed underneath the trunking. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻛﺎﻧﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬17-5 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ راﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮد ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ از وﺳﻂ دﻳﻮار ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ و‬3 ،2 ‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ‬ .‫ﮔﺮدد‬ 5.18 Where tubing has to be connected to equipment without air supply, (e.g. control valves not having a booster or positioner) the tubing shall be clamped around 15 mm (half-inch) dummy piping firmly attached to process piping, or stand pipe. ‫ درﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺪون ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮا‬18-5 5.19 Pneumatic tubing shall never be clamped to process piping. ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎدي ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬19-5 made as discussed installations above. under bundled ‫ )ﻣﺜﻞ – ﺷﻴﺮﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬ 15 ‫ ﻧﺪارد( ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬positioner ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺖ‬ .‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬ 6. ELECTRIC AND OPTICAL CABLES ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﻧﻮري‬-6 The following general requirements shall be considered for all cable where applicable. ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ .‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6 6.1 General ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﺣﻤﻞ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬1-1-6 6.1.1 Extreme care is to be used in the handling of electronic instruments to assure that dirt and oils from the hands do not come in contact with the terminals and other components. ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ و آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ دﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬ .‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 8 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 6.1.2 Cables on reels and wire in coils shall be protected from damage by construction activities. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬2-1-6 6.1.3 Conductors shall be carefully handled during installation to avoid damage of any kind. They shall be unreeled or uncoiled slowly in order to prevent damage to the insulation or sheath due to sudden bending. Repeated bending and sharp kinks shall be avoided in unreeling, uncoiling, and pulling. ‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ از ﻫﺮ‬3-1-6 6.1.4 Every possible precaution shall be taken to ensure that the signals are not subject to electromagnetic interference (emi). (Refer to Table No.1.This is of special importance when digital indicators, data loggers and/or computers are applied. ‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬4-1-6 .‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن در اﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ از روي‬.‫ﻧﻮع ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ در اﺛﺮ ﺧﻢ ﻧﻤﻮدن‬ ‫ از ﺧﻢ‬.‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬ ‫ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر و ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و‬ .‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ و از ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬1 ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻧﺸﺎن‬.(‫ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻃﻼﻋﺎت و ﻳﺎ راﻳﺎﻧﻪ دارد‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬ 6.1.5 The above point requirements are based on the use of cables with signal wires twisted in pairs, triples, or quadruples (quads) with full screening. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺳﺖ‬5-1-6 ‫ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻬﺎرﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻼف‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه دوﺗﺎﺋﻲ‬ .‫دار ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.1.6 Special signal cables such as coaxial cables for pH electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬6-1-6 6.1.7 All electric signal lines shall be installed and terminated as indicated on the drawings. ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬7-1-6 6.1.8 In all outdoor application, spaces between cables and cable sleeves in the plant shall be sealed with proper sealing compound. ‫ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8-1-6 6.1.9 At low temperature, most plastics are so brittle that they may crack when bending the cable, and therefore, no cables shall be installed during freezing weather. ‫ اﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚﻫﺎ در دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬9-1-6 6.1.10 Mineral insulated copper covered, PVC sheathed wires shall be used wherever practical. Whenever mineral insulated cables are used, sufficient spare lengths of cable shall be provided at the gland termination points to allow rejoining when required. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺴﻲ در ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ از ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬10-1-6 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔِﻠَﻨﺪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﺪد‬ .‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬ 6.1.11 All thermocouple wires in conduits and multicore cables run to control rooms shall ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ و‬11-1-6 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮرات‬pH ‫ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﻏﻼف در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎده ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮك ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺪارﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در ﻫﻮاي ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪان ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬ 9 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) terminate in appropriate junction boxes with leads carried in wire ways to the panel. ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و از آﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6.1.12 Water tight junction boxes shall be used for outdoor applications. Gasketed sheet metal junction boxes shall be used inside control rooms. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬12-1-6 6.1.13 Where conduits are sealed at both ends appropriate vent shall be provided between the seals. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬13-1-6 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﺪ آب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدﮔﻴﺮ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺮاي‬،‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 6.1.14 The intrinsically safe instruments with integral barrier circuits shall be considered for field instruments. The housing conduit and fittings for such instruments are not required to meet the flame proof or explosion proof specifications. ‫ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬14-1-6 6.1.15 The cable ends should be properly sealed before pulling-in, to prevent moisture and other damaging substances from entering. ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬15-1-6 ‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از‬ .‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ و ﺿﺪ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻛﺸﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﻮاد ﺻﺪﻣﻪ زﻧﻨﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 6.2 Cable Specifications ‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-6 6.2.1 Armored cable shall be specified for (refer Table No. 2): ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬1-2-6 :(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره‬ 1) All non-intrinsically safe circuits in Division I areas. ‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي‬1 2) Cables to be connected to flame-proof instrument housing in Division I or II areas. ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬2 I ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ .‫ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬II ‫ ﻳﺎ‬I ‫در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي‬ ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ‬3 3) Cables with lead-sheathing. 4) Cables above ground when liable to mechanical damage. ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬4 5) Cables buried in roads, tank farms, etc., if there is danger of mechanical damage due to excavation work. ،‫ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫(ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن در ﺟﺎده ﻫﺎ‬5 .‫دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫وﻏﻴﺮه ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻄﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬ .‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﻔﺎري وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.2.2 Unarmored cable shall be specified for all applications where armored cable is not required. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ زره دار ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬2-2-6 6.2.3 Lead sheathing shall be specified for underground cables, where considerable soil ،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬3-2-6 ،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون زره ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬ 10 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) contamination by liquids aggressive to the cable insulants is anticipated. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺴﺎس ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬ .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ 6.2.4 All low voltage signal cables shall have tape-screening with drain wire. ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬4-2-6 6.2.5 The signal wires shall be twisted, with a minimum of 20 twists per meter. ‫ ﺗﺎب در ﻣﺘﺮ‬20 ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬5-2-6 6.2.6 For cables used with resistance thermometer elements, the cable-resistance shall be compatible with instructions from the manufacturer of the resistance-elements and/or the instrument. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬6-2-6 6.2.7 The maximum permissible current rating and allowable voltage drop shall be observed for cables. ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜـﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و اﻓﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑـــﺮاي‬7-2-6 .‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ .‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Cables having conductors of 0.8 mm diameter (cross section area approx. 0.5 mm2) have a maximum current rating of 1 ampere per core. The fuse rating for these cables shall not exceed 4 amperes. 0/5 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬./8 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ‫ آﻣﭙﺮ در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ‬1 ‫ داراي ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،(‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬ .‫ آﻣﭙﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬4 ‫ ﻓﻴﻮز اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫را دارﻧﺪ‬ 6.2.8 In an intrinsically safe circuit, the total capacitance of the cables and either: :‫ ﻛﻞ ﺧﺎزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻳﺎ‬،‫ در ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬8-2-6 1) The total inductance of the cables, or ‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫( اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬1 ‫ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺪار‬L/R* ‫( ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬2 2) The L/R* ratio of any of the cables shall not exceed the value stated on the certificate of intrinsic safety, or in the case of no value being stated as in following paragraph. ‫ﻣﻨﺪرج در ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻳﺎ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺒﻮدن‬ .‫ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار‬ 6.2.9 The following values in table 1 are typical for 28 volt barriers, but may only be used in preliminary work, or as in foregoing paragraph. ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬،1 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ در ﺟﺪول‬9-2-6 ‫ وﻟﻲ‬،‫ وﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬28 ‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ .‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻮق اﻟﺬﻛﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬ 11 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) TABLE 1- TYPICAL VALUES FOR 24 VOLTS BARRIERS ‫ وﻟﺘﻲ‬24 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ MAX. PERMISSIBLE CABLE CAPACITANCE (MICROFARADS) MAX. PERMISSIBLE CABLE INDUCTANCE (MILLIHENRIES) NEC 70 ‫ﻣﺎده‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﺎزن ﻣﺠﺎز‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬ 500 ‫ﮔﺮوه‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ (‫)ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﻓﺎراد‬ (‫)ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻫﻨﺮي‬ 5.0 1.9 3.1 1.2 1000 380 0.4 0.25 80 NEC 70 ARTICLE 500 GROUP D C B * L/R ratio = REPRESENTATIVE ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬ PROPANE ‫ﭘﺮوﭘﺎن‬ ETHYLENE ‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬ HYDROGEN ‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬ MAX. PERMISSIBLE L/R RATIO OF CABLE ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز‬L/R ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ Inductance per unit length (microhenries) Resistance per unit length (ohm) (‫اﻧﺪوﻛﺘﺎﻧﺲ در واﺣﺪ ﻃﻮل )ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻫﻨﺮي‬ ‫ = ــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ‬L/R ‫* ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬ (‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در واﺣﺪ ﻃﻮل )اﻫﻢ‬ 6.2.10 When specifying the size of signal transmission cable, the maximum loop impedance in specified operating transmitter shall be taken into consideration. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬10-2-6 6.2.11 When an intrinsically safe circuit is protected by barriers, the circuit connected to external circuit (connected to the barrier) shall be adequately insulated from earth in the danger area. ‫ﻣﺴﺪود‬ 6.2.12 Cables for intrinsically safe circuits shall have a blue outer sheath exclusively. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬12-2-6 ‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ در ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬ .‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬11-2-6 ‫ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ )وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬ .‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻄﺮ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آﺑﻲ رﻧﮓ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻧﻮري‬3-6 6.3 Optical Fiber Cables ‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺷﻔﺎف ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ارﺳﺎل‬ .‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﺑﻴﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و‬،‫ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ .‫ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ آن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻗﺪرت اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﻮد ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮر‬ ‫ ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ور‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻟﻴﺰر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،(LED) ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻠﺰي‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﺑﺨﺎرات ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك وﺟﻮد دارد‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ را ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل دﻫﺪ‬ ،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ ‫ و ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬،‫ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﺮده‬ .‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ را از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﺮد‬ Fiber optics is the phrase applied to the use of transparent glass or plastic fibers to carry light signals between devices. For cable selection it is important to specify kind of fibers, mechanical and environmental properties. If the signal power is limited to Light Emitting Diode (LED) source, other than a laser source, there is little concern of ignition of hazardous vapors. If the cable has no metal component which could carry electrical currents, then fiber optics provides complete electrical, galvanic isolation between the connecting devices, thus eliminating concern of ground currents. 12 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﻛﺪﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬1-3-6 6.3.1 Optical fiber cables color coding ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ روش ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻛﺪﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮي و ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎي واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮي ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري‬.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ را‬ ‫رﻧﮓ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ روش ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري رﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري آن ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬ .‫داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن اﺳﺖ‬ IPS-M-IN-190(2) ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ Color coding method defines identification scheme or system for individual fibers, fiber units, and groups of fiber units within a cable structure. The color coding system also defines the optical fiber type identification scheme for color coding or marking jackets for premises cables used primarily indoors. For more information on material selection refer to IPS-M-IN-190(2). ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬2-3-6 6.3.2 Optical fiber cables installation ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IEC 60794-2 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻏﻼف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﮔﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوم‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬IEC 60794 ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ For indoor installation, cables shall be according to IEC 60794-2 and subsequent standards. For outdoor installation the cable shall be suitable for oil & gas industry environments. The sheath material must be oil and mud resistant. For more information refer to the IEC 60794. ‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬3-3-6 6.3.3 Termination ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ از دﻗﺖ و اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺎوت در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري داراي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻧﺎزك ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻧﻴﺰ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ آﻧﺠﺎ‬.‫و ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻧﻮع ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دو ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل داﺋﻢ دو ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺮدن‬ .‫را ﻃﻮري ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ وﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ داﺋﻤﻲ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺎوت در ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﺻﻞ اﺳﺘﻮار ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ درﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ داﺋﻢ‬ ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻤﺎس دارد و در ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻏﻴﺮداﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺖ و ﺑﺪون ﻧﻘﺺ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬ .‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ اﻳﺮادي‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﺮادي ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮر ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬،‫ﻧﻮر ﭼﺮاغ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IEEE-1242 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ Cable termination is always points of concern and care. Fiber-optic cables are no exception. The only difference is that fiber optic cables contain very small fibers that demand special care and attention. Fiber Optic cables also require connectors and splices. The connector is designed to terminate the cable and is usually a removable type of connection. The splice is a permanent connection of two fibers. It is possible to connect two connectors in such a way that it becomes a nonpermanent splice. The difference in splices lies in the fact that in a permanent splice the fiber ends touch and in a nonpermanent splice they do not. To terminate a fiber the end must be flat with no optical flaws. To achieve the desired quality of termination, inspection or equivalent method is necessary. The fiber end must have no flaws. Any flaw will act like a diffuser in a light fixture, thus causing light to scatter. For more information refer to IEEE-1242 standard. ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬4-3-6 6.3.4. Ambient condition ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬ .‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Ambient conditions may affect installation procedures and it is good practice to install optical fiber cables, particularly in long lengths only when the temperature is within the limits set by the particular cable manufacturer. 13 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ The mechanical properties of optical cables are also dependent on the temperature and the materials used in their construction. Typically, cables containing PVC in their construction should not be installed when their temperature is below 0 °C whilst cables incorporating polyethylene can be installed when their temperature is down to - 15°C. For most cables, the upper installation temperature limit is 50°C. Unless special measures are taken, cables should not have been exposed to temperatures outside the specified installation temperature range for a period of 12 h prior to installation. ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮري ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ دﻣﺎ و ﻧﻮع ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ آن ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬PVC ‫ﺷﺪه از‬ ‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در دﻣﺎي‬ ،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮد‬-15 ‫ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﺧﺎرج‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ‬12 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﻗﺪام ﻣﺨﺼﻮص اﻧﺠﺎم‬.‫از ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-3-6 6.3.5 Testing ‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ در ﻣﺪت ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬ :‫داﺷﺖ‬ ‫ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻫﺎي ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن در‬ .‫ﺣﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻌﺪاز آن‬ ‫ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،PMD ،‫ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼع از ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IEC 60794-1-2 ‫ و‬IEC 60793 .‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻮاص ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬ ،‫ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫ ﺑﺪون زره‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )زرهدار‬ .‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ دﻓﻨﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬،‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬ The following tests should be considered during installation as minimum :  Bending behavior, like minimum bend radii during and after installation.  Fiber type, attenuation, PMD, dispersion IPS-C-IN-190(1) For more detailed refer to IEC 60793 and IEC 60794-1-2. The most important cable properties to be specified are shown below. Values will change depending of cable type (armored, non-armored, indoor, outdoor, duct, direct buried, etc.) ‫ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎ‬ ‫آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺪ آب ﺑﻮدن‬  Crush strength ‫ﻗﺪرت ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن‬   Impact strength ‫ﻗﺪرت ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬   Bending behavior; like min. bend radii during and after installation.   Fire tests (mainly indoor cables) ‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن; ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن در‬ ‫ﺣﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻌﺪ ازآن‬ (‫ )در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬،‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي آﺗﺶ‬  Material properties (for example oil resistance, chemical stability, flame retardency) ،‫ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬ (‫ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ‬   Fibers: fiber type, attenuation, PMD, dispersion ‫ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،PMD ،‫ ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬:‫ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬   Tensile strength  Temperature range  Water tightness test     ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬6-3-6 6.3.6 Splicing ‫ در‬.‫اﻳﻦ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻨﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ و روش ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮرت‬ These general guidelines are offered for splicing cables. However, because of the variety of cables 14 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ and methods of splicing, they are not intended as a detailed set of instructions. Most manufacturers have instructions for specific cable construction and the type of splice being used, and these instructions are to be followed. The method of splicing should be fusion splice. Mechanical splices should not be allowed. The maximum splice loss should be specified with 0.05 dB/ splice maximum / 0.03 dB/ splice average (SM fibers).The general guidelines of cable manufacturers should be followed. All necessary equipment, like patch panels, splice closures, patch cords, connectors, etc. should be requested within the offer. Important point is to avoid different types of connectors, splice closures etc. IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ اﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬.‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫ روش ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زﻧﻲ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﺷﺪه دارﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻧﻤﻮد‬ .‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪ‬0.05 dB ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻓﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬SM ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻴﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬0.03 dB ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻻزم‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬، ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﻪاي‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬ .‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺧﺮﻳﺪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﺮﻳﺪ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬ .‫ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ وﻏﻴﺮه‬ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬TIA/EIA/ITU ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬ .‫ﮔﺮدد‬ For more information refer to TIA/EIA/ITU standards. ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬4-6 6.4 Fields Bus ‫ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬OSI ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﺪل‬ ،‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ در ﺷﺒﻜﻪ را ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬:‫ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬.‫ و ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬FF ‫ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻧﻮري‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوﺟﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬ .‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬ .‫اﺳﺖ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬ Field bus is a communication protocol based on OSI model to distribute the control application in the network. Most widely used fieldbuse are Foundation Fieldbus and Profibus. The network media can be: twisted cable, multi-pair cable, multi-core cable, fiber optics or wireless. Where metallic wiring is used, the usual concerns of grounding, electrical surge and electrical safety all should apply. In accordance to the structure of the physical layer of the fieldbus, the communication protocol is different and the related standard should be considered. ‫ و ﺑﺮاي‬IEC 61158-2 ‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬PA ‫ و ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس‬FF ‫ﺑﺮاي‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 50178 ‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬DP ‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻲﺑﺎس‬ For Foundation Fieldbus and Profibus PA refer to IEC 61158-2 and for Profibus DP refer to BS 50178. ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬1-4-6 6.4.1 Fieldbus test ‫آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ و‬ .‫ﺑﻲ ﺛﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ Field bus application related test such as noise jitter and unbalance check, should be considered. ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري در ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪرﺷﺘﻪاي‬5-6 6.5 Sharing of Multicore Cables 6.5.1 All Electric signals for measurement and control shall be grouped in 8 classes as shown in Table 2. ،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬1-5-6 6.5.2 The examples given for each class are typical, but not exhaustive. For each signal in a project, the classification shall be carefully considered, based on best similarity with the examples given. ‫ ﻣﺜﺎلﻫﺎي داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻼس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮده‬2-5-6 ،‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ ﻛﻼس ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬ .‫ﮔﺮوه ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوژه‬.‫و ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع داده ﺷﺪه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ 15 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 6.5.3 It is preferred to use separate multicore cable(s) for each signal class. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻼس ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬3-5-6 6.5.4 Where, however, for the smaller projects this would result in a large number of separate cables, sharing of multicore cables for different signal classes in one multicore cable (within the limitations shown in Table 2) is allowed. ‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ در ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻋﺚ وﺟﻮد ﺗﻌﺪاد‬4-5-6 6.5.5 For each combination, a further segregation is required between cables connected to equipment with a certificate of intrinsic safety and cables for equipment without this feature. ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬5-5-6 6.5.6 Intrinsically safe wires shall be separated from non-intrinsically safe wires by one of the following methods: ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ‬6-5-6 .‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ اي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ‬،‫زﻳﺎدي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫رﺷﺘﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻼس ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫رﺷﺘﻪاي ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬ (2 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات )ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ( و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬ .‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺪون اﻳﻦ وﻳﮋﮔﻲ‬ :‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 1) Use of separate conduits, trunks, cable trays, or ladders. ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ‬،‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬1 2) Compartmenting of cable trays or ladders by the use of an insulated or grounded metal partition. ‫( ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬2 3) Use of separate armored cables, for the nonintrinsically safe and intrinsically safe wires. ً‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎ‬،‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬3 .‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬ .‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬ . ‫اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ 6.5.7 Multicore cables containing intrinsically safe circuits shall not contain any non-intrinsically safe circuits. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬7-5-6 6.5.8 More than one intrinsically safe circuit may be run in the same multicore cable provided that at least 0.25mm (0.010 in) thickness insulation is used on each conductor. ‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪار ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ را در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ‬8-5-6 .‫داراي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﻣﺪار ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻫﺎدي‬،‫اي ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬0/010) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/25 ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ 16 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) TABLE 2 - SHARING OF INSTRUMENT SIGNAL CABLES ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬- 2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ SIGNAL CLASS SIGNALS ALLOWABLE SHARING OF CABLES ‫اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﻛﻼس‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ LENGTH BELOW 250 m LENGTH 250 m AND MORE ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬250 ‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ وﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬250 ‫ﻃﻮل‬ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √  1 Analogue low level ( mV) e.g. thermocouples, radiation pyrometers, I.B.P., F.B.P., F.P. analyzers ‫ ﭘﻴﺮوﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﺗﻮي‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ‬:‫( ﻣﺜﺎل‬mV ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )درﺣﺪود‬ F.P. ‫ و‬F.B.P. ‫ و‬I.B.P ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰرﻫﺎي‬  2 Analogue medium level ( 1 V) e.g. resistance thermometer elements, strain gages, oxygen analyzers, gas chromatographs ‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬:‫ ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬1 V ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ )درﺣﺪود‬ ‫ ﻛﺮوﻣﻮﺗﻮﮔﺮاﻓﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬،‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰرﻫﺎي اﻛﺴﻴﮋن‬،‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺶ‬ 3 Analogue high level instrumentation Loops (  10V,  mA) e.g. electronic ‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬:‫ وﻟﺖ و ﻣﻴﻠﻲ آﻣﭙﺮ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬10 ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﺣﺪود‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ 4 Digital low level (pulse train) e.g. turbine meters, P.D. meters ‫ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬P.D. ،‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬:‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬ 5 Digital high level (pulse train) e.g. tank-gauging systems √ ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬:‫دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬ 6 On-Off low level (below 42 V.DC, 60 V AC) e.g. alarm-systems, interposing relays not exceeding 20 W rating ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬:‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب( ﻣﺜﺎل‬60 ،‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬42 ‫ وﺻﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )زﻳﺮ‬- ‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ وات ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬20 ‫ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﻪﮔﺮ ﻛﻪ از ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻫﺸﺪاردﻫﻨﺪه‬ 7 On-Off high level and( digital) (above 42 V DC, 60 V AC, not exceeding 40 W rating) e.g. initiating circuits for process-control and emergency systems, solenoid valves, control circuitry for typewriters ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬60 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و‬42 ‫ وﺻﻞ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ و )دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل( )ﺑﺎﻻي‬- ‫ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬:‫ وات ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ( ﻣﺜﺎل‬40 ‫ﻛﻪ از ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و اﺿﻄﺮاري‬ √ √ √ √ √ √ Field bus data communication protocol (24 VDC) as per FISCO STD. e.g. Field bus transmitters , valves , Tank gauges , Analytical instruments , etc, 8 FISCO ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬24) ‫ﭘﺮوﺗﻜﻞ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ داده ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬ ،‫ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ )ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس‬: ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬ (‫ﻏﻴﺮه‬ Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ I.B.P. Initial boiling point analyzer. ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰر ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺟﻮش‬I.B.P ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﻮش‬F.B.P ‫آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬ F.P F.B.P. Final boiling point analyzer. F.P. Flash point analyzer.  Denotes: in the ranges ‫ در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬:‫≈ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬ 17 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 6.6 Segregation in Trenches IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬6-6 6.6.1 The instrumentation cables shall be laid in "trenches" for instrumentation cables: as follows: ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در "ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي" ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬1-6-6 :‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ‬:‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 1) Where physical separation between intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe cables is not required, cables for signal classes 1-4 included, shall be laid on one side of the trench, cables for signal classes 5-7. On the other side, and the pneumatic tubing shall be laid in between. ‫( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪاﻳﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ‬1 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬4 ‫ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻼس‬.‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻻزم ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ 7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫در ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻛﻼس‬ ‫در ﻃﺮف دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( در ﺑﻴﻦ‬ .‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬ 2) Where the user requires physical separation between intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe cables, these 2 groups shall be laid on opposite sides of the trench, with the pneumatic tubing in between. ‫( درﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﺰام ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬2 ‫ اﻳﻦ دو ﮔﺮوه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ دارد‬ (‫ﻃﺮفﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬ .‫در ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 3) In order to reduce interference between cables for signal classes 1-4 and those for signal classes 5-7, a further separation shall be made in between. (e.g., by means of vertical cable tiles) ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻼس‬3 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ و ﻛﻼس‬4 (‫ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬:‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻧﺤﻮه‬2-6-6 6.6.2 Cross-section drawings of trenches shall show the location and laying pattern of each group of the cables. .‫ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪن ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬ 6.7 Segregation in Trunks or Cable Trays ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬7-6 All electric signal cables in instrument cable trenches shall continue above ground in trunks or by use of cable trays, cable ladders, together with the pneumatic tubing cables. ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي زﻣﻴﻦ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ )ﺑﺎدي( در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ .‫اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ Where the user requires separation of cables for intrinsically safe circuits, separate trunks or cable trays shall be installed. ً‫در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﺰام ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻦ را دارد‬ .‫ﮔﺮدد‬ 6.8 Segregation in Terminal Boxes ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬8-6 6.8.1 The terminal boxes may be shared for signal classes 1-4, (analogue mV, 1V, 10V / digital pulse train, on-off (24Vdc / 60Vdc / 42Vdc) or for signal classes 5-7. ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬1-8-6 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬10 ،‫ ﻳﻚ وﻟﺖ‬،‫ )آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ وﻟﺖ‬4 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﻛﻼس ﻫﺎي‬ ‫ وﻟﺖ‬60 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬24)‫وﺻﻞ‬-‫ ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫ﻗﻄﺎر ﭘﺎﻟﺲ دﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎل‬ ‫ اﺷﺘﺮاك‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ(( ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﺳﻬﺎي‬42 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ However, cables for intrinsically safe circuits shall not share a terminal box with cables for nonintrinsically safe circuits. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬،‫در ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮرت‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ اﺷﺘﺮاك ﮔﺬاري‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6.8.2 Terminals for intrinsically safe circuits shall ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي‬2-8-6 18 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ be segregated or separated from non-intrinsically safe terminals by one of the following methods: IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻃﺮق زﻳﺮ از ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬ :‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 1) Locating intrinsically safe and nonintrinsically safe terminals in separate enclosures. ‫( ﻗﺮار دادن ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در‬1 2) Using an insulated or grounded metal partition between terminals. ‫( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬2 3) Separating intrinsically safe and nonintrinsically safe terminals by a minimum distance of 50 mm. ‫( ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎ‬3 .‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬ 6.8.3 Terminal strips in enclosures containing different intrinsically safe circuits shall be seperated by insulated or grounded metal partitions between terminals. ‫ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪار‬3-8-6 ‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي زﻣﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺟﺪا ﮔﺮدد‬ 6.8.4 Wiring methods shall prevent contact between circuits, should a wire become disconnected from its termination. Wire-tie downs are acceptable for this purpose. ‫ روشﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬4-8-6 ‫ ﮔﺮه زدن ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻮد‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬9-6 6.9 Construction of Terminal Boxes ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬، II ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬1-9-6 6.9.1 For use in Zone II areas, the terminal boxes shall be reinforced polyester with transparent form cover. If the user does not accept polyester boxes in Zone II areas, steel sheet boxes shall be specified. ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻔﺎف‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬II ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ For armoured cables, weather-proof cable glands shall be specified. ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر رﻳﻠﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه ﺧﻮر‬ ‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻼﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﻮب و ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻖ ﺑﺮاق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬II ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره‬.‫ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫دار و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺪون زره‬ ‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬،‫رود و در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زره دار از ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ For all cable glands, a locknut inside the terminal box is required to ensure at least 5 engaged threads for mechanical strength. ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻗﻔﻠﻲ داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ،‫ دﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬5 ‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از‬ .‫ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ آن را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ The terminals in these boxes shall be of rail mounted clip-in construction, material shall be high-grade track-resistant melamine. If the user does not allow this material in Zone II areas, terminals with glazed steatite body shall be specified. Cable glands shall suit the diameter of the cable. For armoured cables and unarmoured cables, nylon cable glands shall be specified, and where these are not obtainable, brass glands shall be specified. ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻓﻮق ﻧﻴﺰ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ‬2-9-6 6.9.2 The above construction details are also applicable to terminal boxes for the following: .‫ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬ 19 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 1) Intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I areas IPS-C-IN-190(1) I ‫( ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬1 2) Non-intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I areas I ‫( ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬2 Non-intrinsically safe circuits in Zone I areas shall be accommodated in flame-proof terminal boxes. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬I ‫ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺿﺪ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺟﺎداده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6.9.3 For safe areas in the plant, terminal boxes identical in construction to those described for Zone II areas shall be specified for standardization reasons. ‫ از‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ در واﺣﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ‬ 6.9.4 For use in control center with basements, much larger terminal-boxes may be required, and shall be designed to suit the application. ،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﺗﺎق ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ دارﻧﺪ‬4-9-6 6.9.5 The number of terminals in each box shall be sufficient to terminate all signal wire (including spares) and to interconnect the cable screens. ‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬5-9-6 ‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل )ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻫﺎ( و ﺑﺮاي‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.9.6 For terminal boxes in the plant, adaptor plates for glands, trays or trunking shall preferably be applied in the bottom of the terminal box. This is mandatory when steel cover sheet applied to protect plastic terminal boxes. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در واﺣﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي‬6-9-6 6.9.7 For terminal boxes in the control center with basement, the glands shall preferably be in the bottom of the box. ،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎ زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻦ‬7-9-6 6.9.8 Underground junction boxes are not permitted. .‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬8-9-6 6.9.9 Terminals for intrinsically safe circuits should be enclosed by a cover suitably marked and distinctively colored (e.g. "intrinsically safe circuits" on a light blue background). ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ‬9-9-6 3-9-6 ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻳﻜﺴﺎن و آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ .‫ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬II ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد درﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬.‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻳﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑـــﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ .‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﺟﺒﺎري ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ درﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ وﺿﻮح رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬ ‫ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل "ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ" ﺑﺎ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ آﺑﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ (‫روﺷﻦ‬ 6.9.10 Plugs and sockets for intrinsically safe circuits shall be separate and non-interchangeable, except when it can be established that no hazard can arise from an interchange. ‫ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ و دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا و‬10-9-6 6.9.11 Sufficient length of cable shall be provided for termination to be remade if necessary. ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬11-9-6 6.9.12 Whenever a termination is made to a measuring element which has to be withdrawn (e.g. thermocouple), sufficient length of lead shall be allowed for the element to be withdrawn ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑــﺮاي ﻳﻚ اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬12-9-6 ‫ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،(‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آن اﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻊ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ از‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺧﻄﺮي ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ آﻣﺪ‬ .‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 20 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) without electrical disconnection. The minimum additional length for this purpose shall be 600 mm. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬600 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮردي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.9.13 Cables associated only with data processing apparatus shall be led directly to the apparatus input cabinet. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﭘﺮدازش‬13-9-6 6.9.14 Where plastic tubing is used underground and copper tubing is used above ground, a sheet steel terminal box shall be provided at the riser point, to accommodate the bulkhead couplings necessary for the transition from copper tubing to plastic tubing. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮپ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ در زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻦ و ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬14-9-6 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖ ورودي‬،‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ .‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺴﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻي زﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﺮوج ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از زﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ 6.9.15 All junction boxes shall be earthed at field. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬15-9-6 .‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ Note: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Where cubicle panels are installed at grade level, the underground cables shall terminate on bulkhead connectors inside the cubicle. ،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ در ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺛﺎﺑﺖ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬ .‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ In cases where the distance between control room and process area requires field-mounted blind controllers, special weather-proof cubicles shall be designed. The upper part of these cubicles shall accommodate the controllers, and the lower part shall serve as a termination point for the underground cables. ‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ را دارد‬ ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺿﺪﻫﻮاي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ را ﺟﺎ داده‬ .‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.10 Accommodation of Individual Signal Lines ‫ ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬10-6 6.10.1 Unarmoured signal cables (e.g., thermocouples or resistance thermometer elements) shall be run in galvanized conduit with 25 mm diameter. This conduit shall be connected to the trunking by means of a smooth bore coupling, and to the measuring element head by means of plastic covered flexible conduit. The length of flexible conduit shall be sufficient for withdrawal of the measuring element without need for disconnecting the signal cable. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺪون زره )ﻣﺜﻼً ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻳﺎ‬1-10-6 ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬25 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ‫ و ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن‬،‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺟﺪاره ﺻﺎف وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫اﻧﺪاه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ ‫ ﻃﻮل اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻴﺮون‬.‫وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺪون اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.10.2 Armoured signal cables shall be installed similar to the cables for power and lighting, and have a cable loop near the instrument. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل زرهدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬2-10-6 ‫و روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬ .‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 6.10.3 Electrical signal cables shall be connected to field-mounted instruments such as transmitters, valve positioners, etc., by means of armoured ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ‬3-10-6 ‫ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬positioner ‫ و‬،‫در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ 21 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ cable and proper terminal box. IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ زرهدار و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ وﺻﻞ‬،‫و ﻏﻴﺮه‬ .‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ 6.11 Screening of Signal Cables ‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬11-6 6.11.1 Cable armours shall not be used for screening purposes. All cable screening shall be kept isolated from cable armouring, instrument housings, steel structures, and any other electric conductors. All screening shall be electrically continuous. When two lengths of cable are to be connected, a separate terminal shall be provided to maintain screen continuity. All cable screening shall be earthed at one point only, usually at the receiving instrument or safety barrier strip. ‫ از زرهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬1-11-6 ،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زره ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬ ‫ و ﻫﺮﻧﻮع ﻫﺎدي‬،‫ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دو ﺗﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬،‫وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬ .‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ آزاد ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ در‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ‬ .‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ The measuring elements shall be earthed only at the receiving instrument via the screen; the measuring elements shall therefore be kept free from local earth. To satisfy this requirement, thermocouples shall be specified, where necessary. ‫ اﮔﺮ اﻟﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي را ﻧﺘﻮان از اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬2-11-6 6.11.2 If the measuring element cannot be kept free from local earth (as may be the case with certain on-line process stream analyzers) and the signal is in class 1 or 2 of Table 2, the screen shall also be earthed at the sensor side and be extended into the control room without any further connection to screens of other cables. ‫ﺟﺪا ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎي‬ 2 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬2 ‫ و‬1 ‫روي ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ در ﻛﻼس‬ ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮف ﺣﺴﮕﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺮد و اداﻣﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺪون اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از‬3-11-6 6.11.3 In case shunt-diode safety barriers are used, the screens shall be earthed at the safety barrier ground connection. ِ‫ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻧﻮع دﻳﻮد ﻣﻮازي‬ .‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-11-6 6.11.4 For typical example, refer to Fig.1. :‫ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول‬5-11-6 6.11.5 Grounding shall be as indicated in the following Table 3: 22 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) TABLE 3 – GROUNDING ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ SERVICE SPECIFIC GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮرات اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ وﻳﮋه‬ Signal wires ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ Ground at the power supply end ‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬ Thermocouple extension wires: Wire-Type thermocouples ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬:‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬ The extension wire shield is directly grounded at the receiving instrument ‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ Sheathed type thermocouples ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻼف دار‬ Grounding at the measuring junction end by use of grounded hot junctions ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﮔﺮم‬ Differential temperature thermocouple applications or systems, where thermocouple wiring to be made intrinsically safe Proposed grounding design to be reviewed with user's engineer ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻞ دﻣﺎ‬ .‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬ .‫ﮔﺮدد‬ Electronic equipment such as data loggers, computers or Multiplexers. Proposals for grounding designs, other than the above, to be approved by user's engineer ‫ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ واﻗﻌﻪ ﻧﮕﺎرﻫﺎي داده‬ .‫ﭘﻠﻜﺴﺮﻫﺎ‬ 6.12 Use of Quad Cables ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ .‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬12-6 6.12.1 The service of the wires in a quad shall be arranged as follows: ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-12-6 :‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ از‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2 ‫( ﺑـﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﻛـــﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ‬1 1) For signals requiring 2 wires, the diametrically opposed wires shall be used. .‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫زوج دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ در ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل دﻳﮕﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد )درﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬ .( 2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه در ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻮازي‬ ،‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﻫﻤﺎن ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻴﻤﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻨﺠﺎقﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻦ دار ﻳﺎ آوﻳﺰهﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬ .(‫)ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل دارد‬ The other pair of wires in the quad may be used for another signal, (within the limitations specified in Table 2). The unused wire(s) in a quad shall be connected in parallel to used wires in the same quad, using crimp-on wire pins or fork lugs, (depending on type of terminal). 2) For signals requiring 3 wires, e.g. for resistance thermometer elements in bridge circuits, two wires diametrically opposed shall be combined for connection to the null detector, and the other two for extension of bridge-arms. These wires shall have sufficient excess length to allow converting a 3-wire circuit into a 4-wire circuit if so desired later. ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬3 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬2 ،‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻟﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﭘﻞ‬ ‫دو ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮل ﺳﻨﺞ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و دوﺗﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي اداﻣﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻓﺮاواﻧﻲ‬.‫ﭘﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬4 ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪار‬3 ‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ از ﻣﺪار‬ .‫در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﻌﺪي اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬ 23 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 3) For signals requiring 4 wires, e.g., for resistance thermometer elements in a constant current circuit, the current carrying wires shall occupy one pair of diametrically opposed wires; the measuring signal shall occupy the other pair. IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬، ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬4 ‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬3 ،‫ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ در ﻣﺪار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن داﺋﻢ‬:‫ﻣﺜﺎل‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ زوج‬ ‫ و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زوج دﻳﮕﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬13-6 6.13 Numbering and Identification 6.13.1 Numbering system for instrument cables and terminal boxes ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬1-13-6 In order to obtain uniformity in the various numbering systems of instrument cables and boxes the following system shall apply. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ در اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬ .‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮود‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ 1) Cables for each function shall be numbered starting from 101 upwards. The cable numbers 1 to 100 shall be reserved for use by the user. ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري‬101 ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬1 2) The cable number shall be preceded by a letter for identifying its typical function, viz.: ‫( ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺣﺮف ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ آن‬2 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ‬100 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬ .‫رزرو ﺷﻮد‬ :‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ (‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ )ﺑﺎدي‬PN ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ‬T :‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬E PN for pneumatic tubes T for temperature measuring cables E for other electric signal cables such as: Cables connecting safeguarding systems, signaling devices, measuring elements, transmitters, transducers and other electric and/or electronic instruments. ‫ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﻟﻤﺎنﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ دﻫﻲ‬ .‫و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬ i ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ .Ei ‫ و‬Ti ‫دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ For cables containing intrinsically safe circuits, this letter shall be followed by an i, such as Ti and Ei. 3) Terminal boxes shall be designated by one of the following letters, PN, T, E, Ti or Ei in accordance with the function of the cables, and numbered from No. 11 upwards. The box numbers 1-10 shall be reserved for use by the user. ‫( ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﺣﺮوف‬3 ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬Ei ‫ ﻳﺎ‬Ti, E, T, PN :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‬11 ‫ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري از ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ رزرو ﺷﻮد‬10‫ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬ 6.13.2 Identification of cables and terminal boxes ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬2-13-6 All cables and terminal boxes shall be marked clearly, durably and consistently in accordance with 6.13.1 and as specified below: ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﺿﻮح ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬ ‫ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨــﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬ :‫ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1-13-6 1) Underground cables shall be marked at approx. 5 m intervals by means of embossed strips of corrosion resistant material (e.g. stainless steel or nylon). ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ‬5 ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً در ﻫﺮ‬1 ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ‬ .‫زﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ 24 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 2) Above-ground cables shall be marked at their termination points (outside the terminal box where applicable) with a suitable label, of engraved or embossed plastic. ‫( ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي روزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺎط ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي )ﺧﺎرج از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ‬2 3) Terminal boxes shall be marked externally with suitable nameplates of engraved plastic. ‫ از‬، ‫( ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬3 4) Terminals in the terminal boxes shall be numbered consecutively in accordance with relevant cable connection diagrams. ‫( ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬4 5) All wires shall be individually marked on each side of each terminal with plastic markers. ‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر‬5 6) Termination points of multicore tubing shall be marked on the outside of the trunking. ‫( ﻧﻘﺎط ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬6 7) Individual copper tubing shall be marked with instrument tag number at the point of connection to the multicore tubing. ‫( ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺗﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در‬7 ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬ .‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫اﻧﻔﺮادي ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬار ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬ 6.14 Pulling Through Conduits ‫ ﻗﺮار دادن )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬14-6 6.14.1 Where instrument cables are to be pulled through conduit, the conduit shall be completely dry prior to installation and the ends shall be temporarily sealed to prevent entrance of moisture and rain during installation. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از داﺧﻞ‬1-14-6 6.14.2 Conduit installations shall be planned such that rain cannot enter conduit fittings after installation is complete. All fitting covers must be securely tightened to prevent entrance of rain or moisture. Thread compound shall be used on all threads to assure tight seal. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﮔﺮدد‬2-14-6 6.14.3 Where necessary to use pulling compound for instrument cables, the pulling compound shall be of dry type. Wet compound shall not be used. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺑﺰار‬3-14-6 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪه و دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬ .‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﺑﺎران در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎران ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ روﭘﻮش ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ از‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ از ﻣﻮاد دﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ورود ﺑﺎران ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد ﺗﺎ از آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ‬ .‫ﻫﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ از‬.‫ ﻣﺎده روان ﺳﺎز ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ‬ .‫ﻣﺎده ﺗَﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ 6.14.4 Ends of conduit shall be inspected to assure that no raw edges are present to damage cable insulations during pulling. ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺎف ﺑﻮدن ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬4-14-6 6.14.5 Particular care shall be applied in pulling shielded cables, to assure that pulling forces do not separate or otherwise damage the cable shield. ‫ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻏﻼف دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬5-14-6 .‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وارد ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎر رود ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬ .‫ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن و ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺸﻮد‬ 25 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 6.15 Installation of Insulated Wires and Cables ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دار‬15-6 6.15.1 Cables shall be in continuous lengths consistent with availability from manufacturers. ‫ ﻫﻢ آﻫﻨﮓ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬1-15-6 6.15.2 The cable manufacturer's bending radius shall be observed. ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2-15-6 .‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ minimum .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.16 Separation of Cables ‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ‬16-6 6.16.1 The following precautions are necessary to minimize interference in signal cables. ‫ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ در ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎطﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬1-16-6 Signal cables shall not run in the same conduit or cable tray as power cables. The physical separation of signal and power cables shall be not less than distances shown below: ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬ ‫ ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و‬.‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ :‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ .‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻻزم ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ POWER CABLE MINIMUM SPACING ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬ ‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬10 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬125 ‫ﺗﺎ‬ 300mm 250 V or 50 A ‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬50 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬250 500mm 440 V or 200 A ‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬200 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬440 750mm 5 kV or 800 A ‫ آﻣﭙﺮ‬800 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ ﻳﺎ‬5 1500mm Up to 125 V or 10 A 6.16.2 If it is intended to use the same cable trench for power and instrument cables, the above separation shall be obtained by positive means. ‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و اﺑﺰار‬2-16-6 6.16.3 When a cross-over is unavoidable, the routing shall be such that signal and power cables cross at right angles to each other. ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر از ﻫﻢ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3-16-6 ‫ ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺟﺪول ﻓﻮق ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل در‬ .‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 6.16.4 A minimum of 2 m of clearance shall be allowed between any noise generating equipment and a run of signal carrying cable. ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬2 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬4-16-6 .‫و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬17-6 6.17 Installation of Junction Boxes 6.17.1 Junction box installation shall be within centerline of the box about 1200 mm above grade or platform. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ و ﺣﺪود‬1-17-6 6.17.2 Multi pairs / cores cables shall enter junction boxes from the bottom. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ زوج ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ‬2-17-6 .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1200 .‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ وارد ﺷﻮد‬ 26 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي‬18 -6 6.18 Terminations ‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻏﻼفدار روﺑﺎز ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬1-18-6 6.18.1 Exposed sheathed wires shall be installed in a neat and workman-like manner, straight and true as far as possible. Where installed in groups, the cables shall be parallel as far as practicable. ،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ و ﻣﺎﻫﺮاﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬ .‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻮازي ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-18-6 6.18.2 Where stranded wire is used the terminal ends shall be securely twisted to assure that no frayed ends are present to cause shorting or grounding. Terminal lugs are to be used only where indicated. ‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﺳﻮدهاي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ از ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در‬.‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.18.3 Where any confusion exists as to the identification of wires or terminals, it shall promptly be reported to the Construction Superintendent for clarification; no assumptions are to be made. ‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﻬﺎم در ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬3-18-6 6.18.4 The use of field terminal points other than those indicated on the instrument schematic wiring diagrams is not permitted. ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ‬4-18-6 ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي رﻓﻊ‬ .‫ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺎت در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬.‫اﺑﻬﺎم ﮔﺰارش ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬ .‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃـﻪ در ﺳﻴﻢ‬5-18-6 6.18.5 Where field splices are required in hot or neutral leads, care shall be taken for proper splicing. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮق ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻻزم ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.18.6 Above ground wiring systems shall be routed wherever possible, to provide at least 7.5 m horizontal clearance from equipment which is designated as a source of sustained fire. ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ اﻻﻣﻜﺎن‬6-18-6 6.18.7 Above ground wiring systems routed less than 7.5 m from such equipment shall be fire proofed, using a covering of 50 mm of high temperature mineral wool or calcium silicate insulation, or equivalent, and a galvanized or stainless steel jacket. Additionally, any junction boxes in such areas shall be fire proofed. ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ از‬7/5 ‫ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬7-18-6 6.18.8 Where a plug and socket outlet is used as wiring connection to the instrument, the socket must be labeled with the instrument identification symbol. Plug and socket type shall be such that the plug cannot be inserted with reverse polarity. ‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ و ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬8-18-6 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬7/5 ‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ .‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ آﺗﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬ 50 ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ آﺗﺶ ﺑﻮده‬،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﭘﺸﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬ ‫ و ﻏﻼف ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺿﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﻫﺮ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺪ‬.‫زﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ اﺑﺰار‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ ﻧﻮع دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ و ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي‬.‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻼرﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس را ﻧﺘﻮان وارد ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻛﺮد‬ ‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ورودي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود آب‬9-18-6 6.18.9 To prevent entrance of water, the cable entry point into a field mounted instrument shall be from the bottom wherever practicable. Where top entry must be used, conduit shall have a seal and drain fitting within 450 mm (18 inch.) of the instrument to prevent liquid collection in the ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن از زﻳﺮ آن‬،‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ورود ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و داراي اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ در اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ در‬ ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( آن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺟﻤﻊ‬18) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬450 ‫ﺣﺪود‬ 27 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ conduit from entering the instrument. IPS-C-IN-190(1) .‫ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ و ورود ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫـﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘـﻞ ﺗـﺎ ﻣﺤـﻞ‬10-18-6 6.18.10 Thermocouple lead wire shall run from the thermocouple to the terminal points indicated on the drawings. No splicing shall be permitted. .‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﻪ روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ وﺟﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.18.11 Thermocouples will be permanently tagged with metal-discs, with item numbers printed in securely attached with non-corrosive wire. ‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر داﺋﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺷﻤﺎره‬11-18-6 6.18.12 Shielded wire and cable shall run directly from point to point as indicated on the drawings. No splicing shall be permitted. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ و ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬12-18-6 6.18.13 When extension wire is run next to fired heaters or other heat radiating equipment, every effort shall be made to keep wire in areas where temperature are not excessive. If this is not practical, wire with moisture resistant, high temperature insulation shall be used. As soon as lead wire is away from a hot area, a common junction box shall be provided for splicing into lead wire with PVC insulated wire for the remaining distance to instrument. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬13-18-6 ‫ و ﺷﻤﺎره آن ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬،‫ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬ .‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ در‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ رود‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺎد ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮد اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از‬.‫ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ دور ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻘﻴﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 6.18.14 Where instruments are local or mounted close by on heater panels, and lead wire has to run in a heated area that would cause damage to PVC insulation, wire with moisture resistant and high temperature insulation shall run continuously from the thermocouple to local instrument. ‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻮده ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬14-18-6 6.18.15 Where a tower has alternate temperature points and all are not used at a given time, a terminal block enclosed in a weather proof fitting shall be provided so that thermocouple leads can be changed when necessary. ‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺟﻲ داراي ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب دﻣﺎ اﺳﺖ و‬15-18-6 ‫ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﻮره ﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺸﻴﺪه‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺪاوم‬،‫ از ﺳﻴﻢ ﺿﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬ .‫از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻮك‬،‫از ﻫﻤﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮا اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ را در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬ .‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي‬20 ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬16-18-6 6.18.16 Initial installation shall include 20% spare thermocouple extension and instrument signal wires between the junction box on the control board and the principal junction boxes in the area. ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬ .‫در ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺻﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.18.17 All conductors shall be terminated in strict accordance with the manufacturers’ recommended methods. Particular care and compliance with manufacturers’ instructions shall be utilized in connection with terminating high voltage cables. ‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس روش ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬17-18-6 ‫ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮرات‬.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬ .‫ﻗﻮي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻟﺤﻴﻢ‬18-18-6 6.18.18 Solder less crimp type cable connectors shall be used on insulated cable sizes 6 mm2 and ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ وﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬6 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖدار اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي‬ 28 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ smaller. IPS-C-IN-190(1) .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6.18.19 Solder less crimp type spade wire connectors shall be used on low voltage signal wiring 1.5 mm2 and smaller. ،‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻟﺤﻴﻢ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮﺳﻲ‬19-18-6 6.18.20 Numbered or lettered wire markers shall be installed on control and instrument leads and thermocouple cables at all terminal points. Identification shall be in accordance with applicable job drawings (see clouse 6.13 Numbering and Identification). ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ داراي ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻓﻲ روي‬20-18-6 6.18.21 Manufacturers’ instructions or recommendations for installing, splicing wire or cable, splicing materials, wiring accessories or other wiring materials shall be adhered to. ،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ‬21-18-6 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬1/5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬ .‫و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬13-6 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ (‫و ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ اﺟﻨﺎس ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ زدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ در‬.‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﻨﺎس ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎ و‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬ .‫ زده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻫﻮاي آزاد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ Insulating paint shall be used over the insulation of all taps, splices and terminations exposed to the weather, if applicable. ‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬، ‫ ﺑﺮش ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻮل ﻻزم‬22-18-6 ‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺪون اﺷﻴﺎء‬،‫ﺣﺎل ﺟﺪاﺷﺪن از ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻏﻼف و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار‬.‫ﺗﻴﺰ و ﺑﺮﻧﺪه دارد‬ ‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي‬ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﻔﺮوش و ﺻﺎف‬.‫از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺧﻮردن اﺣﺘﻴﺎج دارﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫ اﻣﺎ اﮔﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻳﺪه آل اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺷﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻒ دار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﮔﻠﻲ و ﺳﻨﮕﻼخ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬،‫از ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺧَﺮد ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻓﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از روي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ از ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺷﺪه زﻣﻴﻨﻲ رد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺰدن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﮔﺮدﻫﺎ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮات‬،‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ و ﺻﺪﻣﺎت ﺟﺪي ﺑﻪ آﻧﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬ 6.18.22 Cutting wire or cable to required lengths as it comes off a reel requires a location free from sharp objects. The jacket and insulation thickness of many instrument cables are much thinner than power cables, and greater protection against damage is necessary. A paved area is usually ideal but, if not available, a grassy or sandy area is adequate. Crushed stone, muddy, and shelled areas should be avoided. Where traffic must cross wire as it is laid on the ground, temporary board ramps should be provided to keep vehicles from damaging the wire. Additionally, these ramps will reduce the tripping hazard to personnel which can result in serious injury. ‫ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬23-18-6 6.18.23 Excess length should be allowed for pulling in. Later this excess length will be discarded, but the amount must be carefully considered. A reel of 1,500 meters long wire may be used to make 15 No. ninety-meter runs. If 10meters cutting allowances are used, and included in the 15 one hundred meters lengths cut, the reel will be adequate in length. If more than 10 meters are allowed, the reel will not be adequate and additional wire will have to be secured. 6.18.24 A cable end accomplish the following: preparation ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪاً اﻳﻦ ﻃﻮل اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬.‫آن را ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ داﺷﺖ‬ ‫ ﻣﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬90 ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮي را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي‬1500 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮي در‬100 ‫ ﻃﻮل‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮش‬10 ‫ اﮔﺮ از‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺳﻴﻢ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد و‬،‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬10 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬ .‫ﺳﻴﻢ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬24-18-6 should :‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬ 29 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 1) Terminate jackets and shield material without nicking insulation underneath. ‫( ﺷﻴﻠﺪ و ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺪون ﭼﺎك دادن ﻋﺎﻳﻖ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬1 2) If no pair jacket is used, and pairs are individually shielded, then insulating tape or sleeving should be applied to exposed shielding in order to protect accidental grounds and hold any spiral wrapped shielding material in place without unraveling. ‫ و زوج ﻫﺎي اﻧﻔﺮادي‬،‫( اﮔﺮ از زوج ﻏﻼف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﺪه‬2 .‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻮار ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮش‬،‫ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ روﺑﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﻠﺪدار ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬ ‫از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮔﺮدد و ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دور ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺪون از ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎز‬ .‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 3) Shields should be stripped back a minimum distance from the ends of the wires. A maximum of 25 mm is recommended. ‫( ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺮﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل‬3 4) Ground drain wires should be insulated against accidental grounds. ‫( ﺷﻴﻠﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻟﺨﺖ‬4 5) Tagging should identify cable, pair, and service. ‫ زوج و ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ آن را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫( ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬5 6) All cable ends should be protected against moisture entry prior to connecting the cable to its permanent terminations. ‫( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬6 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬25 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻟﺨﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﭼﺎك ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ‬25-18-6 6.18.25 Stripping insulation from wire should be done without nicking the conductor. Such nicks result in stress concentration which can cause failure while bending the wire during installation, repair, or normal vibration. Although this is of greater importance with solid wire than with stranded wire, it is also a matter of concern with stranded wire. The simplest way of avoiding nicks is to use commercially available stripping tools of proper design. ‫ اﻳﻦ ﭼﺎك ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻫﺎدي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ ،‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ اﻳﻦ از اﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬.‫ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬ ،‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﺳﺎده ﺗﺮﻳﻦ راه‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار ﺗﺠﺎري ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬،‫اﻫﺘﺮاز از ﭼﺎك ﺧﻮردن ﺳﻴﻢ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎك دادن و اﺑﺰار ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺖ‬ 6.18.26 Terminal screws should be torqued adequately to get good contact with the wire inserted under the screw. ‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور‬26-18-6 6.18.27 On tubular screw terminals and wire smaller than 2 mm2, it is recommended to doubling back the wire under the screw to assure good connections. ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ و‬27-18-6 6.18.28 Proper compression of the terminal screws is necessary to prevent products subject to corrosion from later causing poor continuity, galvanic, or rectification action. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ و ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪن‬28-18-6 6.18.29 Spade lugs should be used to terminate ‫ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﻠﭽﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬29-18-6 wire ends where screw terminals are used, ً‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎلﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﻟﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬1/5 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي‬ .‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻮﺑﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ زﻳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬ ‫ از دوﺑﻠﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ در‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬2 ‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬ .‫زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻮب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه و ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬ .‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮد‬ especially for 1.5 mm2 and smaller if solid, and 30 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ for all sizes of stranded wire. IPS-C-IN-190(1) .‫و ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي اﻓﺸﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎدي ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ وﺻﻞ‬30-18-6 6.18.30 All wires or leads connected to terminals ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺛﺮات ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ آزاد‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ should have sufficient slack to reduce the effects of vibration. ‫ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدي ﺳﻴﻢ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﻚ‬31-18-6 6.18.31 In applications where multiple wires are routed from a common cable trunk to equally spaced terminals, the vibration bends should be uniform in length to prevent stress on any one wire. ‫ اﻧﺤﻨﺎﻫﺎي ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬ .‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬ 6.18.32 Proper cable support is necessary to avoid having cable weight supported from wire terminations. ‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬32-18-6 6.18.33 Support bars and tie downs in junction boxes should be incorporated, for the weight support if applicable. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬33-18-6 .‫ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫وزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري وزن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ .‫ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬19 -6 6.19 Installing Cable Trays 6.19.1 Trays shall be punched bottom type with high sides. ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از زﻳﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﺷﺪه و دﻳﻮاره ﺑﻠﻨﺪ داﺷﺘﻪ‬1-19-6 6.19.2 Cable tray and tray support materials, when assembled and mounted, shall support workmen and equipment, as required, in addition to the full cable load, without permanent deformation, and a maximum of 20 mm deflection. ‫ ﭘﺲ‬،‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ‬2-19-6 6.19.3 Tray fittings, such as branches, reducers, flat elbows, tees and crosses, shall be used for changes in direction and elevation. The dimensions of tray fittings shall provide ample bending radii for the cables contained in trays at all changes in tray direction. ،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬3-19-6 .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ وزن ﻛﺎرﮔﺮان و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را‬،‫از ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن و ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ ﺑﺪون ﻛﺞ ﺷﺪن داﺋﻤﻲ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻟﺰوم و ﺑﻌﻼوه وزن ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﺠﻲ را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬20 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻣﺴﻴﺮ و‬،‫ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﻪ راﻫﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫زاﻧﻮﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﺖ‬ ‫ اﻧﺪازه اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬.‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻌﺎعﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻧﺤﻨﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي داﺧﻞ آن ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ و‬ .‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮي را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 6.19.4 Tray shall be carefully aligned and leveled plumb and true. Tray sections and fittings shall be assembled on their supports and joined together, using manufacturers’ standard connector units, properly aligned, and secured. ‫ و‬.‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺗﺮاز و ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬4-19-6 6.19.5 Steel angles, trapeze hangers, channels, bolting and miscellaneous materials required for the support of trays from the building structure, shall be supplied and installed. Additional supports as required shall be provided for individual cables where the cables leave trays before reaching their final terminations. ،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ‬،‫ زاوﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬5-19-6 ‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺑﻪ‬ ،‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ .‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺮاز و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ و اﺟﻨﺎس ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ در ﺳﺎزه‬ ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬،‫از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي آﻧﻬﺎ‬ .‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ 31 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 6.19.6 Where field cut and fit galvanized tray is needed, the sub-contractor shall remove all rough ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬6-19-6 edges and burrs and touch up bare metal surfaces with primer followed by aluminum paint. ‫ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺪه و ﭘﻠﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﻟﺨﺖ را ﺑﺎ‬ .‫آﺳﺘﺮ و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 6.19.7 To repair damage to the polyvinyl chloride coating, and where it is necessary to field cut and fit polyvinyl chloride coated tray, the subcontractor shall remove all rough edges and burrs and shall apply PVC protective coating or epoxy paint in accordance with the tray manufacturersُ detailed procedures and recommendations. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ و ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ‬7-19-6 6.19.8 Polyvinyl chloride coated trays and fittings shall be furnished where the splice plate or connection device area not coated, in order to assure metal to metal contact and assure earth continuity. The splice or connection device and adjacent uncoated area shall be restored in the same manner as described for field cut and fit procedures. ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8-19-6 ‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤــــﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻮﻃــﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮش و ﮔﺬاردن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ‬ ‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻧﺪه و‬،‫وي ﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻴﺴﻪﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬ .‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت روش و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ وﺳﺎﺋﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬ ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه‬ ‫ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮ ﻛﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮش و ﺟﺎﮔﺬاري در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎل‬ .‫اول ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ 6.19.9 The polyvinyl chloride coated tray system is to be connected to the grounding system. To accomplish this, the polyvinyl chloride coating shall be removed on the side channel, a hole shall be drilled and an earthing connector attached by means of a round head machine screw, lock washer, and nuts, the head of the machine screw being on the inside of the tray. The adjacent disturbed area shall be restored in the same manner as described for field cut and fit procedures. ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑــﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬9-19-6 ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺳﻮراﺧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ واﺷﺮ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ‬،‫ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﮔِﺮد‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮده‬ .‫ ﺳﺮِ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﻪ آن وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮش و‬ .‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اول ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدد‬،‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪاي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬ 6.19.10 Long runs of cable shall be fixed to suitable cable trays or otherwise supported throughout its length. The cable shall be mechanically supported up to the point of entry to the equipment in which it is being terminated, except that flexible leads may be unsupported for the last 600 mm. ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬10-19-6 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ در ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ورود ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه اﺣﺘﻴﺎج‬600 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ .‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ از‬11-19-6 .‫ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎدي ارﺟﺤﻴﺖ دارد‬.‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻫﺎدي ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎدي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﻛﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ 6.19.11 Cable trays and trunking can be made of conducting or non-conducting materials. The latter is preferred. Metal cable trays should preferably be plastics coated. 6.19.12 Interconnecting wires between the panel mounted instruments and the field mounted transmitters and control valve transducers shall be installed in wiring trays. ‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ در‬12-19-6 ‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ و ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬ .‫ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬ 32 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 6.19.13 Thermocouple wires may be installed in the same trays with input or output signal wires for electronic instruments. No other wiring may be installed in these trays. 6.19.14 Separate trays or conduit may also be used to support thermocouple wiring. IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي‬13-19-6 ‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار داد‬ .‫ﺳﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮي را ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮان در اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار داد‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬14-19-6 .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬15-19-6 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻗﺮار‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻄﻮح داغ‬ .‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ در اﻃﺎق ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺎ‬16-19-6 ،‫ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻜﻲ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي و روﻛﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 6.19.15 Instrument cables shall be located at a sufficient distance from any hot surface to avoid damage. 6.19.16 In control rooms runs from the junction boxes terminating multi-core cables to individual instruments should be in non-metallic troughs with protective covers. 6.19.17 For more details refer to Figs. 6 & 7 in this standard. ‫ در اﻳﻦ‬7 ‫ و‬6 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬17-19-6 .‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ TABLE 4 - TYPICAL CABLE APPLICATIONS ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬ BRAIDED SCREEN OR SINGLE SINGLE CABLE CONSTRUCTION WIRE ARMOUR ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﻲ‬ AREA INDIVIDUAL SCREENED PAIRS AND OVERALL ‫ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬ UNSCREENED MULTICORE ‫ﺑﺪون ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫زرهدار‬ OVERALL BRAIDED SCREEN OR SINGLE WIRE ARMOUR CABLE ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬ ‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف‬ BRAID OR SWA ‫زوجﻫﺎي ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻲ و ﻏﻼف ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬ SWA ‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ زرهدار‬ 1. High level signals to indicators and 2. High level signals to controllers trip 3. All signals to Safe area recorders alarm contacts, solenoid systems low level signals to indicators computers low level ‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻳﻤﻦ‬ valves, controller outputs to convertors & valve positioner, analyzer and and recorders. I.S. service Zone 2 area Non-I.S. service. 4. Not recommended - Not permitted. 2 ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ converters and trip Amplifiers. instrument sequencing signals. ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬-1 ،‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖﻫﺎي ﻫﺸﺪار ﺛﺒﺎتﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮلﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ و‬ ‫ آﻧﺎﻻﻳﺰرﻫﺎ و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺮ‬positioner .‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ دﻫﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬ signal to controllers, ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي‬-2 ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻗﻔﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬ .‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﺛﺒﺎت ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑـــﻪ‬-3 ‫راﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬ .‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ 5. All high level signals as listed and 6. Low level signals low level signals to indicators & to controllers and trip recorders for I.S. and Non-I.S. systems services. ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬-5 ‫و ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬ ً‫ﺛﺒﺎت ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ و ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎ‬ ‫اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬-6 ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮلﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ 7. Not permitted 8. All high level signals as listed 9. All Signals as listed - Not permitted above, for Non-I.S.services only above for I.S. services ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬-4 ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬- ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬــﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ً‫ﺳـﺮوﻳﺴﻬــﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ذاﺗﺎ‬ ‫اﻳﻤﻦ‬ I.S. service Zone 1 area Non-I.S. service under 1. &2. 1 ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬-7 ‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬- 33 ‫ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ درﺑﺎﻻ‬-8 ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬ 2 ‫ و‬1 ‫ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴـــﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬــﺎي‬-9 ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 6.20 Wire Testing IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬20-6 6.20.1 For fieldbus application related test such as noise jitter and unbalance check should be considered. ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻴﻠﺪﺑﺎس ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬1-20-6 ‫( و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻌﺎدل‬noise jitter) ،‫ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻧﻮﻳﺰ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬ 6.20.2 For analog instruments, testing of wire is necessary after installation to verify freedom from grounds. ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ از ﻧﻮع آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ‬2-20-6 ‫ ﻻزم‬،‫ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ آزاد ﺑﻮدن آﻧﻬﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ‬ .‫اﺳﺖ‬ 6.20.3 Where "meggers" are used, care should be exercised not to use a voltage in excess of the insulation’s rated voltage, since some meggers have much higher test voltages, in the order of 5 kV. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬3-20-6 6.20.4 During testing, all instruments should be disconnected to avoid damage to the instruments. ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺪت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-20-6 6.20.5 Wire to wire and wire to ground resistance should normally exceed 100 mega ohms. ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬5-20-6 6.20.6 The shield for drain wire should be tested for accidental shorts or grounds and treated as just another conductor requiring high resistance to ground. ‫ ﻏﻼف ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬6-20-6 6.20.7 All instrument electrical wiring shall be checked for continuity. ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬7-20-6 6.20.8 For more details refer to IPS-I-IN-100 "Inspection Standard for General instruments system". ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-I-IN-100 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬8-20-6 ‫ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از وﻟﺘﺎژي ﺑﺎﻻي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ ﭼﻮن ﺑﻌﻀﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد‬ .‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ ﻫﻢ دارﻧﺪ‬5 ‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ردﻳﻒ‬ .‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ .‫ ﻣﮕﺎ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬100 ‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬ ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه و آن را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎدي دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ‬ .‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ زﻳﺎد ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ در ﻧﻈﺮ داﺷﺖ‬ .‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 7. TRENCHES, TRUNKS AND CONDUITS ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬-7 ‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬1-7 7.1 Routing ‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎ درﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه‬ .‫در زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬ The shortest possible routing shall be selected, taking into account the aspects mentioned below. 7.2 Trenches ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-7 ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺪرت و‬1-2-7 7.2.1 The trenches shall be kept away from those for electric cables for power and illumination, and wherever possible, shall not run in parallel with them at a distance of less than 600 mm (according to 6.16.1). ‫ و ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮازات ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ دورﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ‬600 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬ .(1-16-6 7.2.2 At crossing of trenches for signal cables with those for electric power cables, the separation between the highest cable in the lowest trench and the lowest cable in the highest trench shall be at least 300mm. ،‫ در ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق‬2-2-7 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬300 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ 34 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 7.2.3 Trenches shall be kept away from buried pipes containing hot fluids and from pipes liable to temperature rise due to steaming-out. ‫ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻓﻮن ﺣﺎوي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت داغ‬3-2-7 7.2.4 It is of paramount importance to avoid deterioration of signal lines due to ingress of solvents, acids, etc., in the trenches. Where possible the trenches shall be kept above groundwater level. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ از‬4-2-7 7.2.5 The signal lines shall be at such a depth that they are not damaged by traffic passing over them. ‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭼﻨﺎن ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮدد‬5-2-7 7.2.6 Where trenches are made in soft soil, signal lines shall be laid with sufficient slack (especially at riser points) to prevent stresses. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ در ﺧﺎك ﻧﺮم ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬6-2-7 ،‫ﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ازدﻳﺎد دﻣﺎ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﺮوج ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬.‫ اﺳﻴﺪ و ﻏﻴﺮه در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬،‫ورود ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬ .‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ آب در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﻘﻠﻴﻪ از روي آﻧﻬﺎ‬ ‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزاد ﺑﻮدن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬،‫اﻧﺪ‬ .(‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ )ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻧﻘﺎط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬ 7.2.7 Signal lines shall be laid on, and be covered with sand, on top of which tiles shall be laid for mechanical protection. ‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺎك ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬7-2-7 7.2.8 The location of trenches shall be clearly marked and no excavation shall be allowed without permission given by instrument department. ‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﺿﻮح ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬8-2-7 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و روي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ .‫آﺟﺮ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫و ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮع ﺣﻔﺎري ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه اداره اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ 7.3 Trunking and Conduits ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-7 7.3.1 Connections to vibrating or movable equipment shall be by means of flexible metallic conduit. ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل ارﺗﻌﺎش ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ‬1-3-7 7.3.2 The trunking shall not obstruct traffic, nor interfere with accessibility or removal of process equipment (pumps, motors, heat exchanger bundles). The layout of the trunking shall be such that only the instruments in the immediate vicinity will be disengaged, if a plant fire damages the signal lines. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ رﻓﺖ و آﻣﺪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬2-3-7 7.3.3 Trunking shall be routed away from hot environments; places with potential fire risks such as hydrocarbon process pumps, burner fronts of furnaces and boilers, or where subject to mechanical abuse, spilled liquids, escaping vapors and corrosive gases. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ داغ و ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬3-3-7 7.3.4 In particular, trunking for electric signal lines shall be routed away from high voltage cables, overhead power lines, and switched circuits of any voltage. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎي‬4-3-7 .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي)ﭘﻤﭗ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ( ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز آﺗﺶ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ادوات‬ .‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺠﺎوراز ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺪ‬ ،‫ﺧﻄﺮ آﺗﺶ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻤﭙﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞﻫﺎي ﻛﻮرهﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬ ‫ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﺮٌار و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬،‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دور ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬، ‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻗﻮي و ﺧﻄﻮط ﻫﻮاﺋﻲ ﺑﺮق و‬ .‫ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ زﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژي ﺑﻪ دور ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 35 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 7.3.5 Trunking shall be safely and easily accessible for maintenance purposes. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ و ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ و ﺑﻪ‬5-3-7 7.3.6 To avoid unnecessary bends, space for trunking shall be reserved in plant structure, pipe tracks, etc., in an early engineering stage. ‫ ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﺧﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻻزم‬6-3-7 .‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬ ‫ وﻏﻴﺮه در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬،‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ در ﺳﺎزه ﻣﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬ .‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ 7.3.7 Trunking shall continue after the last multicore cable has been terminated for accommodating the individual signal lines. The trunking may end only when the quantity of individual tubes is 3 (or less) or the quantity of signal lines is less than what can be accommodated in a 25 mm conduit. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨـﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬7-3-7 7.3.8 For typical layout of trunking, refer to Figs. 2, 3 & 4. ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬8-3-7 7.3.9 The conduits shall never be supported from process piping. ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬9-3-7 7.3.10 Provision shall be made for thermal expansion or movement of supports and swaying of towers in high winds. ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬10-3-7 7.3.11 All conduits shall be fastened with pipe clamps or U-bolts, and shall not be tack welded. Substantial steel hangers shall be provided for groups of conduits where it is not practicable to clamp directly into building walls or structural members. -‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ‬11-3-7 7.3.12 Where fire damage is possible, adequate flame barriers shall be provided. For thermocouple wires and other low current signal wires, jacketing may be considered. ،‫ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺻﺪﻣﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ آﺗﺶ وﺟﻮد دارد‬12-3-7 7.3.13 When conduits are sealed at both ends, appropriate vents shall be provided between the seals. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎ آبﺑﻨﺪي‬13-3-7 7.3.14 Thermocouple extension wires may run in conduits or by means of multicore compensating cables of appropriate metal. If the wire is run in conduit, vapor proof fitting shall be used. A loop of flexible conduit shall be used, when attaching conduit to thermocouple heads. ‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬14-3-7 ‫ در‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎدادن ﺧﻄﻮط ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺗﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺗﻜﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ( و ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬25 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ و‬3 ،2 .‫ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻻزم‬،‫ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎدﻫﺎي ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ .‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬ ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش‬U ‫ﻫﺎي‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮوه ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮه زدن‬.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻳـــﺎ اﻋﻀﺎء ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬ .‫ آوﻳﺰه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ،‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬ .‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻴﻦ آبﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬ ‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬.‫ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬ .‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ 36 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 7.3.15 The conduits shall be adequately sealed off to isolate the flexible conduit entrances and the conduit entrances to the control rooms. Seals shall also be provided where conduit enters field instruments. IPS-C-IN-190(1) ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬15-3-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ ورودي ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ورودي ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل را ﻣﺠﺰا ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ از آب‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ وارد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬ .‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬ 7.4 Construction Details ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬4-7 ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬1-4-7 7.4.1 Trenches 1) In paved areas between control center and processing areas, trenches may be excavated from the plain earth. ‫( در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬1 2) In plant floors and other areas with reinforced concrete surfaces, the trenches shall be fabricated to support ends of floor walls. ‫( در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح‬2 ‫ ﺣﻔﺎري‬،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻛﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬ .‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬ .‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫( ﻋﻤﻖ و ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺧﻄﻮط‬3 3) The depth of the trenches shall be compatible with the quantity of signal lines and required height of fill-back. ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدي از ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻋﺒﻮر ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻞ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ ‫ درﺟﻪاي داﺷﺘﻪ و در ﻋﺒﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬10‫ﺷﻴﺐ‬ .‫اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﺗﻨﺪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ Where large quantities of signal lines cross or branch-off trench depth shall be increased locally. Trench bottoms shall have a maximum slope of 10 degrees; transition to horizontal surfaces shall have smooth curvature. 4) Width of trenches shall depend on quantity of cables to be accommodated, and the corners shall be compatible with bending radius of armoured cables. ‫( ﻋﺮض ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ در آن‬4 5) After cables have been laid, trenches shall be filled with sand, cable covers (concrete slab or breaks) and soil. Trenches in plant floors, etc., shall be covered with a layer of concrete to prevent ingress of liquids into the trenches. ،‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه‬،‫( ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪن ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‬5 6) At each riser point, trenches shall be provided with a concrete adaptor for connecting the above ground trunking. Wherever possible, these adaptors shall be an integral part of the plant floor. ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬،‫( در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬6 ‫ و زواﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي زرهدار ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬،‫دارد‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﮔﺬاري )آﺟﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ( و ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎك‬ ،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬.‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪﻫﺎي داﺧﻞ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ .‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬ .‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻋﺒﻮر و ﻣﺮور آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‬ .‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎده‬ Where riser points are liable to damage by traffic, they shall be protected by free-standing and sturdy mechanical structures. 7.4.2 Trunking 1) The trunking shall be firmly supported; wherever possible the supports shall be ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬2-4-7 ‫ در‬.‫( ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1 37 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ ‪Mar. 2010/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(1‬‬ ‫‪arranged in such a way that cables can be‬‬ ‫‪laid sideways into the trunking instead of‬‬ ‫‪pulling them through consecutive holes.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻲ ﻗﺮار‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ را ﺑﺘﻮان در ﻛﻨﺎره ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ از ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬ ‫‪2) To prevent stresses on cables, they shall be‬‬ ‫‪suitably fixed in the trunking, especially in‬‬ ‫‪vertical trunking.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪول‬ ‫‪3) Based on an average cable diameter of‬‬ ‫‪approx. 25 mm, the following table 5 gives the‬‬ ‫‪number of cables to be accommodated in each‬‬ ‫‪standard size of trunking, leaving space for‬‬ ‫‪individual signal lines, possible future‬‬ ‫‪extensions.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻓﻀﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻟﻲ و ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي در ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪TABLE 5- NUMBER OF MULTICORE CABLES IN TRUNCKING WITH SPARE SPACE‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -5‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻀﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫)‪CHANNEL WIDTH (mm‬‬ ‫‪250 300‬‬ ‫‪200‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪100 100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫)‪CHANNEL HEIGHT (mm‬‬ ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ(‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪NUMBER OF MULTICORE CABLES‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬ ‫‪8. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS‬‬ ‫‪ -8‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪" IPS-I-IN-100‬اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد"‬ ‫‪38‬‬ ‫‪Refer to IPS-I-IN-100(1) "Inspection Standard for‬‬ ‫"‪General Instrument Systems‬‬ Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) FIGURES ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ Thermo couple tip free from earth (e.g. metal sheathed mineral insulated T.C.) Thermo couple head with 3 rd terminal (for screen) Signal cable (Signal wires twisted) 1 2 3 Junction box in plant Bus bar (for screens) Terminal blocks (for signal wires) 5 6 Multicore cable (Signal wires twisted in pairs or quads) 14 4 7 Screening (with insulation) Safety barriers Terminal Blocks 9 Junction box in control room System earth 8 10 13 12 Instrument without applicable certificate for intrinsic safety 11 Instrument with applicable certificate for intrinsic safety 1- ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ (‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻛﺸﻲ) ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬ ‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ادوات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ذاﺗﺎً اﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ -8 :‫ ﻛـﻪ از اﺗـﺼﺎل ﺑـﻪ زﻣـﻴﻦ آزاد اﺳـﺖ )ﻣﺜـﺎل‬،‫ ﻧﻮك ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-1 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 (‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي‬ (‫ﺳﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬ (‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه‬ ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬ (‫ﺷﻴﻨﻪ)ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺎ‬ (‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل) ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي )ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه دوﺗـﺎﻳﻲ و‬ ( ‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺗﺎﺋﻲ‬ Fig. 1- SCREENING OF INSTRUMENT SIGNAL CABLES ‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 39 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 6 IPS-C-IN-190(1) ext. cables 3 T.C. 1 3 2 Copper tube PLANT Jun T.C ction b .e xt. ox f cab or les 4 2 nd Grou 1 PLATFORMS l leve 5 2- ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-3 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-5 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ‬-2 ‫ ﺳﻜﻮي ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬-1 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ‬-4 Fig. 2- TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 40 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 1 6 7 IPS-C-IN-190(1) Drill or punch holes 15 mm Compression type couplings Trunking (Cable channel) 2 1 in. Air supply line (Close to cable channels but clear of sides) 8 2 in. Main air supply line 7 Core copper tube cable 10 11 Sheet steel adaptor 18 12 Compression type connectors (Only when pvc tubes are used for underground service and copper tubes above ground) Concrete adaptor Ground level 7 Core pneumatic cable(s) (Allow approx. 2m slack) 3 Tie with soft copper strip 1/2 in. Air supply 9 Copper tube PVC sheathed to instrument 4 Reducer 1/2 in. 1/4 in. Place extra valve 1/4 in. Instrument if necessary 13 17 Air filter and reducer 5 14 15 19 DETAIL OF TERMINATION OF MULTICORE PNEUMATIC CABLES 16 3 -‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ 1 4 ‫ﺗﺎ‬ 1 2 ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه‬-4 ‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ 1 2 ‫ ﻫﻮاي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬-3 ‫ ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮارﻣﺲ ﻧﺮم‬-2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬15 ‫ ﻣﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراخ‬-1 (‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻨﺪي )ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-7 ‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري‬- 6 .‫اﻳﻨﭻ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﮕﺬارﻳﺪ‬ 1 4 ‫ ﺷﻴﺮ‬-5 (‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ) ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻟﻲ از اﻃﺮاف آزاد‬1 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬-8 ‫ رﺷﺘﻪ‬7‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ‬-11 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬2 ‫ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻮا‬-10 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-9 (‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري)ﻓﻘﻂ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي زﻳﺮ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺮاي رو زﻣﻴﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬-13 ‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-12 (‫ ﻣﺘﺮ آزاد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2 ً‫ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ)ﺑﺎدي( )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬7 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي‬-16 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-15 ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻟﺒﺘﻨﻲ‬-14 (‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ)ﺑﺎدي‬-19 ‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬-18 ‫ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻫﻮا و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه‬-17 Fig. 3-TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 41 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 13 IPS-C-IN-190(1) Inspection elbow 1 in Trunking (Cable channel) 1 1 in. smooth bare flanged coupling 3 10 Multicore cable Two wire ext. cable 4 1 in. conduit for 1 or 2 cables Inspection tee 1 in. 5 2 Inspection elbows 1 in 1 Junction box With terminal block(s) 9 at approx. 1500 mm above floor 6 1 in. socket and reducer 7 Connector Steel sheet adoptor concrete adoptor 11 8 Flex. conduit 12 15 DETAIL OF TERMINATION OF MULTICORE THERMO COUPLE Muticore T.C. extention cable (s) (Allow opprox. 2 m stock) EXTENSION CABLES 14 4 -‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬2 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮاي‬1 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ‬-5 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي دو ﺳﻴﻤﻪ‬-4 ‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬1 ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺗﺨﺖ‬-3 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1 ‫ ﺗﻲ‬-2 ‫ اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1 ‫ زاﻧﻮي‬-1 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻻي زﻣﻴﻦ‬1500 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل در ﺣﺪود‬-9 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺪوﺋﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬-8 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل‬-7 ‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬1 ‫ ﺳﻮﻛﺖ و ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬- 6 (‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﻨﺪي )ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-13 ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬-12 ‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-11 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬-10 (‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ آزاد ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي )در ﺣﺪود‬-14 ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪاي‬-15 Fig. 4-TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF INSTRUMENTATION CABLES IN THE PROCESSING AREA ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬-4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 42 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ IPS-C-IN-190(1) 9 CONTROL ROOM WALL 12 MULTITUBE CABLE 2 1 1 BULKHEAD PLATE 10 CABLE SLEEVE BULKHEAD UNION BULKHEAD PLATE 11 VERTICAL PERFORATED CABLE TRAY 3 X BULKHEAD UNION X 2 SIDE VIEW "X" STRUCTURAL ANGLE 6 BULKHEAD 2 UNION 13 JUNCTION BOX MULTITUBE GLAND TYPE-1 5 14 INVERTED CHANNEL 4 7 TYPE-3 CLAMP 8 15 TYPE-2 5-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 3 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-4 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻮراﺧﺪار ﻋﻤﻮدي‬-3 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻬﺮه و ﻣﺎﺳﻮره‬-2 ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬-1 2 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-8 ‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬-7 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺳﺎزه‬-6 1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-5 "X" ‫ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬-11 ‫ ﻏﻼف ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-10 ‫ دﻳﻮار اﺗﺎق ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬-9 ‫ ﮔﻴﺮه‬-15 (‫ ﮔﻠﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬-14 ‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬- 13 (‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ‬-12 .‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Note: Cable trays shall be installed vertically Fig. 5- TYPICAL MULTITUBE CABLE INSTALLATION (‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ)ﻧﺎﻳﻪ اي‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 43 Mar. 2010/ 1388 ‫اﺳﻔﻨﺪ‬ 3 IPS-C-IN-190(1) 4 DETAIL "A" TRAY JOINTING 1 3 DETAIL "A" MOUNTING DISTANCE 2000 50 2 COPPER TUBES. PVC SHEATHED MOUNTING STRIP 5 6 200 50 GROUND LEVEL 150 1 650 4 X (SEE NOTE 2) 2 300 300 6-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ITEM QUAN. A ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-3 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2000 ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن‬-2 ‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ‬A‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-1 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-6 ‫ ﻧﻮار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬-5 ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻲ وي ﺳﻲ‬-4 SIZE 1 50 × 50 × 6 2 6.35 × 25.4 3 6 × 20 4 8 5 19 × 3.17 DESCRIPTION MATERIAL Angle iron. Equal ‫ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬،‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ آﻫﻨﻲ‬ Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬ Black bolt & nut Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻴﺎه‬ Roofing bolts & nuts Galvanized Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻘﻔﻲ‬ Washer, round, flat, black Steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﺎه‬،‫ ﺻﺎف‬،‫ ﮔﺮد‬،‫واﺷﺮ‬ Mounting strip for cable tray ‫ﻧﻮار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ Galvanized steel ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬ :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬ Notes: 1) All dimension in millimeters unless stated otherwise. 2) Dimension "X" to be 500 mm, unless stated otherwise. ‫( ﻫﻤﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬1 .‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮدد‬ ‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬500 "X" ‫( اﺑﻌﺎد‬2 .‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮدد‬ Fig.6-TYPICAL INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING OF CABLE TRAY ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 44 IPS-C-IN-190(0) STRUCTURAL STEEWORK 1 EXPANSION JOINT (SEE NOE 1) 2 150 6x50 mm MILD STEEL BAR WELDED TO STEELWORK (SEE NOE 2) 150 MICC CABLES 4 3 CABLE TRAY 1/4"x37 mm BOLT, NUT & WASHERS 6 HANDRAIL SUPPORTING ANGLE SEE NOE 3 DETAIL "A" 5 8 7 CABLE TRAY MOUNTING TO STRUCTURAL STEELWORK PLATFORM 9 1/4"x37 mm BOLT, NUT & WASHERS 6 PLATFORM SUPPORT CHANNEL 10 CABLE TRAY 5 76x38 mm MILD STEEL CHANNEL (SEE NOTE 2) 11 DETAIL "B" CABLE TRAY MOUNTING TO PLATFORM "L" LENGTH "L" DEPENDS ON THE SIZE OF CABLE TRAY AND PLATFORM SUPPORT CHANNEL 13 12 (1/2) 7‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬6 ×50 -3 (‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اي)ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬-2 ‫ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬-1 ‫ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬A ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-7 ‫ ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭻ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬14 ×37 ‫ﭘﻴﭻ‬-6 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-5 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬-4 (‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬ (‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬76×38 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-11 ‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻜﻮ‬-10 ‫ ﺳﻜﻮ‬-9 ‫ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬-8 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬ ‫ ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮ‬B ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-13 .‫ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻜﻮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬L ‫ ﻃﻮل‬-12 Fig. 7 (1/2) - TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS FOR CABLE TRAYS ‫( – ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬1/2) 7‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 48 ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬ ‫*ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‪:‬‬ ‫‪*Notes:‬‬ ‫‪ (1‬ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪاي در ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪1) Expansion joints occur in the structure‬‬ ‫‪steelwork, tray is to be cut to have a 50 mm …gap‬‬ ‫‪and the cable to installation length at the joints to‬‬ ‫‪allow for steel structure expansion.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ‪50‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬ ‫در ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (2‬ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ‪1200‬‬ ‫‪2) All cable tray support is to be 1200 mm apart‬‬ ‫‪as maximum.‬‬ ‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬ ‫‪3) MICC cable installation on cable tray shown‬‬ ‫‪for detail “A” is typical applies to detail B&C a‬‬ ‫‪well.‬‬ ‫‪ (4‬ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻳﻪدار ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫‪4) Shaded areas indicate new installation.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ A‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و در ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬ ‫‪ B‬و‪ C‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺎدق اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (5‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي دﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫‪5) Dimensions are in millimeters except where‬‬ ‫‪otherwise special.‬‬ ‫‪ (6‬ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت داﻳﺮه ﺷﻤﺎرهاي و ﺳﺘﺎره دار ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫‪6) Symbol shown as a circle enclosing a number‬‬ ‫‪indicates item relevant M.T.O sheet.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ اﻗﻼم اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﺷﺪه ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ IPS-C-IN-190(0) CABLE TRAY 1 6x50mm MILD STEEL FLAT BAR WELDED TO LADDER 3 AT EVERY 1200mm MAX. INTERNAL 1/4"x37 mm BOLT, NUT & WASHERS 4 5 PART OF CAGE 6 LADDER 2 5 200 230 STRUCTURE OR VESSEL DETAIL "C" (ELEVATION) 7 CABLE TRAY MOUNTING TO LADDER (WITH PROTECTION CAGE) STRUCTURE OR VESSEL 2 PART OF CAGE 5 1/4"x37 mm BOLT, NUT & WASHERS 4 5 PART OF CAGE DETAIL "D" 8 PLAN VIEW OF CABLE TRAY MOUNTING TO LADDER (WITH PROTECTION CAGE) (2/2) 7‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬1200 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي( ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن در ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬6×50)‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-3 ‫ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن‬-6 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻗﻔﺴﻪ‬-5 ‫ ﺳﺎزه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن‬-2 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-1 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎ‬14 ×37 ‫ ﭘﻴﭻ‬-4 (‫ )ارﺗﻔﺎع( ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن )ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬C ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-7 (‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن )ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﺴﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬D ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬-8 Fig. 7(2/2) - TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS FOR CABLE TRAYS ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬-(2/2) 7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ 50 IPS-C-IN-190(0) 4 CONCRETE FLOOR COVERED WITH RED COLOURED CONCRETE 3 CABLES NATURAL GROUND FILLED WITH WASHED SAND (FINE GRADE) 5 1 2 REINFORCED CONCRETE ? 8mm 200X200 welded mesh 80 6 DETAIL OF TYPICAL CABLE TRENCH INSIDE BUILDINGS 9 GROUND LEVEL 150 50 STANDARD PRECAST CONCRETE CABLE MARKED TO BE USED FOR INDICATING ROUTE OF TRENCH AT INTERNALS OF 30,000 mm AND AT CABLE JOINTS AND POINTS OF DEVIATION OF TRENCH ROUTE. 500 CABLES FILLED WITH WASHED SAND (FINE GRADE) 13 14 80 12 "B" SEE NOTE 2 BELOW BACK FILLED WITH WELL CONSOLIDATED EARTH PRECAST CONCRETE SLAB TO PROTECT CABLES ALONG FULL LENGTH OF THE TRENCH 7 8 NATURAL GROUND 250 80 11 W (MAX 1500 mm) 250 10 80 "A" SEE NOTE 1 BELOW "A" SEE NOTE 1 BELOW 8-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ (‫ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ) ﻧﻮع رﻳﺰ‬-5 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ‬-4 ‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎ‬-3 ‫ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬-2 ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺮخ رﻧﮓ‬-1 ‫ ﺑﺘﻮن ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻣﺴﻴﺮ در‬8‫و‬7 ‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎنﻫﺎ‬-6 ‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎك ﻓﺸﺮده زﻣﻴﻦ‬-10 ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬-9 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ و ﻧﻘﺎط اﻧﺤﺮاﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬30000 ‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬ ‫ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ در ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ‬-11 (‫ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ) ﻧﻮع رﻳﺰ‬-12 Fig. 8- DETAIL OF TYPICAL CABLE TRENCH OUTSIDE BUILDINGS ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻫﺎ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ :‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ Notes: ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد‬750 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬250 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬A ‫( اﺑﻌﺎد‬1 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬75 ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه در ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ در ﻗﻄﻌﻪﻫﺎي‬ . ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻳﺰش ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬B ‫( اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻖ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬،‫اي از ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺎن آور اﺳﺖ‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺒﺬول داﺷﺖ‬ 1) Dimension A to be 250 to 750 mm depending on no of cables lay in the trench it raises by increment of 75. 2) Consideration should be given to increasing depth B where there is applicable spillage of deleterious petroleum products and/or chemicals. 3) Special marker to be used of cable joints to indicate voltage and location of joint box. ‫( از ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬3 .‫وﻟﺘﺎژ و ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ 51 ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‪9-‬‬ ‫‪– 1‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﻚ ‪ -2‬ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪4 -3‬ﻋﺪد ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ‪ -4‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ‪ 50×50×6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ‪ -6‬ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ ‪ -7‬ﺑﺘﻦ ‪4:2:1‬‬ ‫‪ -8‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪ 150×150×6 (MS‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬ ‫‪ -9‬ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ) ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺑﺰرگ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -10‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -11‬ﮔﻴﺮه اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ زره ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‪ -12 .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺪم ﻧﻔﻮذ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ از ﭘﻮدر و ﺳﻴﻤﺎن آب‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‪ -13 .‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ) ‪( MS‬ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 2‬اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ‫‪ -14‬ﻫﺎدي ﻣﺴﻲ ﻟﺨﺖ ) ‪ 16‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ(‬ ‫‪Fig. 9- METHOD OF MOUNTING MARSHALLING & DISTRIBUTION BOXES‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬روش ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ و ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬ ‫‪Notes:‬‬ ‫اﮔﺮ دو ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮل‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪Length of angle shall be increased if two‬‬ ‫‪marshalling boxes are installed adjacent to each.‬‬ ‫‪Other.‬‬ ‫‪52‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-IN-190(0‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪AN‬‬ ‫‪RH‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪OV‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪HA‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬ ‫‪RM‬‬ ‫‪NO‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪SH‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬ ‫‪IZE‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪LD VAN‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪AL‬‬ ‫‪V.‬‬ ‫‪LD‬‬ ‫‪AL IA G RS‬‬ ‫‪MI‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪. SH‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪mm WA‬‬ ‫‪x6‬‬ ‫‪IX‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪R F OF ND‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪LE EAN UTS‬‬ ‫‪HO‬‬ ‫‪M SN‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪BY EW‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪m.‬‬ ‫‪ME CR‬‬ ‫‪8 m FR A G S‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪TO OOF‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬ ‫‪TB‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪FL‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪12 m. D‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪IA‬‬ ‫‪HO‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪FIX LE F‬‬ ‫‪OR‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪BO‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫‪ST IME‬‬ ‫‪LT‬‬ ‫‪RI‬‬ ‫‪BU NSIO‬‬ ‫‪TIO‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪O F O SU‬‬ ‫‪MA IT‬‬ ‫‪RS F R A‬‬ ‫‪HA‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪LL E O‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪BO‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪TIO‬‬ ‫‪I BU‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪mm‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪IT‬‬ ‫‪TH‬‬ ‫‪WI‬‬ ‫‪TW‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪ED‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪LS‬‬ ‫‪OV‬‬ ‫‪EE‬‬ ‫‪EC‬‬ ‫‪ST‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪FR‬‬ ‫‪MI‬‬ ‫‪OF‬‬ ‫‪ED‬‬ ‫‪Z‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪TO‬‬ ‫‪AN UND‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪LV‬‬ ‫‪GA L AR‬‬ ‫‪AR‬‬ ‫‪AL‬‬ ‫‪TB‬‬ ‫‪LA‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪S.‬‬ ‫‪M.‬‬ ‫‪m.‬‬ ‫‪m‬‬ ‫‪x3‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫‪150‬‬ ‫‪ES‬‬ ‫‪OX‬‬ ‫‪GB‬‬ ‫‪IN‬‬ ‫‪LL‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪EO‬‬ ‫‪AM‬‬ ‫‪FR‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬ ‫‪UI‬‬ ‫‪OS‬‬ ‫‪NT‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪NS‬‬ ‫‪ME‬‬ ‫‪NOTE‬‬ ‫‪DI‬‬ ‫‪FRAME TO BE ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION‬‬ ‫‪ES‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‪10-‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪( MS‬ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ اﻃﺮاف آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎب ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪20‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﺮه و واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم ‪ 50×6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ -4‬اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎب ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎب ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -7‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم )‪ 25×3 (MS‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺳﻮراخ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 12‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬ ‫ﻳﺎدآوري ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Fig. 10- ISOMETRIC VIEW DETAIL OF RAIN CANOPY FOR MARSHALLING‬‬ ‫‪& DISTRIBUTION BOXES‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -10‬ﻧﻤﺎي اﻳﺰوﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ وﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬ ‫‪53‬‬ IPS-C-IN-190(0) TOP OF FRAME TO BE COVERED WITH 1 mm 606 GALVANIZED M.S SHEET WITH 100mm. OVERHANG ALL AROUND 100 460 MINIMUM (SEE NOTE 2 BELOW) 1 4 3 25 x3 mm M.S FLAT BAR INTERMEDIATE CROSS MEMBERS TO BE FITTED AT INTERVALS OF 60MM DEPENDING ON LENGTH OF SWITCHBOARD 50x6 mm. M.S FLAT BAR 5 DIMENSION TO SUIT SIZE OF DISTRIBUTION BOXES 2 11-‫ﺷﺮح اﻗﻼم ﺷﻜﻞ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ در اﻃﺮاف آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫( ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﺎ‬MS) ‫ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﺎب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-1 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬25 × 3 (MS) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬60 ‫ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬-3 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬50× 6 (MS) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻓﻮﻻد ﻧﺮم‬-4 (‫ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ) ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري ﺷﻤﺎره‬460‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-٥ Fig. 11- PLAN VIEW DETAIL OF RAIN CANOPY FOR NON WEATHER PROOF LARGE DISTRIBUTION BOXES ‫ ﻧﻤﺎي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﻔﻮظ از اﺛﺮ ﻫﻮا‬-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬ :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬ Notes: ‫( ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎن ﺑﺮاي‬1 1) Rain canopy for distribution box to be constructed similar to rain canopy for marshalling box given on this drawing. ‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎﻟﻴﻨﮓ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬ .‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ ‫( ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎب در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و اﻳﻦ‬2 2) Width of frame to be increased if necessary depending on width of distribution box to give 150 mm overhang at front of distribution box. ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻢ‬150 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دارد‬ .‫ﺷﺪﮔﻲ در ﺟﻠﻮي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ .‫( ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 3) Frame to be all welded construction. 54

IPS-C-IN-190(1)

Related documents

Products

Support

IPS-C-IN-190(1)

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib